TW202321402A - Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202321402A
TW202321402A TW111128392A TW111128392A TW202321402A TW 202321402 A TW202321402 A TW 202321402A TW 111128392 A TW111128392 A TW 111128392A TW 111128392 A TW111128392 A TW 111128392A TW 202321402 A TW202321402 A TW 202321402A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
weight
adhesive
less
monomer
mentioned
Prior art date
Application number
TW111128392A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
野依慎太郎
笹原一輝
形見普史
藤田昌邦
片岡賢一
西野智哉
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2022061160A external-priority patent/JP2023022805A/en
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW202321402A publication Critical patent/TW202321402A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an adhesive composition with which it is possible to form an adhesive having both a high refractive index and low elastic modulus. Provided is an adhesive composition including an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer. A monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). The plasticizer is a liquid compound at 30 DEG C and has two or more double bond-containing rings.

Description

黏著劑組成物及黏著片Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet

本發明涉及黏著劑組成物及黏著片。 本申請案基於已於2021年8月3日提申之日本專利申請案2021-127817號及已於2022年3月31日提申之日本專利申請案2022-061160號主張優先權,並將其等申請案之全部內容納入本說明書中作為參照。 The present invention relates to an adhesive composition and an adhesive sheet. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-127817 filed on August 3, 2021 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-061160 filed on March 31, 2022, and its The entire contents of the applications such as , etc. are incorporated in this specification as a reference.

一般而言,黏著劑(亦稱壓敏接著劑,以下亦同)在室溫附近之溫度區域中呈軟質固體(黏彈性體)之狀態,具有可藉由壓力簡單地接著於被黏著體之性質。而活用這種性質,黏著劑在從家電製品乃至汽車、各種機械、電氣機器、電子機器等各種產業領域中,基於接合或固定、保護等目的而被廣泛利用。作為黏著劑之用途之一例,可舉在液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等這類顯示裝置中,接合偏光薄膜、相位差薄膜、覆蓋窗構件、其他各種光透射性構件及其他構件之用途。有關光學構件用黏著劑之技術文獻可舉專利文獻1、2。 先前技術文獻 專利文獻 In general, adhesives (also called pressure-sensitive adhesives, hereinafter also the same) are in the state of soft solid (viscoelastic body) in the temperature range around room temperature, and have the property of being easily adhered to the adherend by pressure. nature. Taking advantage of this property, adhesives are widely used for the purpose of joining, fixing, and protecting in various industrial fields ranging from home appliances to automobiles, various machines, electric equipment, and electronic equipment. Examples of applications of the adhesive include bonding polarizing films, retardation films, cover window members, various other light-transmitting members, and other members in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices. Patent Documents 1 and 2 can be cited as technical documents related to adhesives for optical components. prior art literature patent documents

專利文獻1:日本專利申請案公開2014-169382號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利申請案公開2017-128732號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-169382 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-128732

發明欲解決之課題 專利文獻1、2中揭示了一種以(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物為主成分之黏著劑組成物、及使該黏著劑組成物交聯而成之黏著劑,該(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物含有具有複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元;且提出了藉由使用具有複數個芳香環之單體使黏著劑之折射率為1.50以上,尤宜為1.51以上。例如,已知光學構件等可貼附黏著劑之材料中有折射率高之材料,若將一般的丙烯酸系黏著劑使用於這種高折射率材料的接合中,會因兩者之折射率差而造成在界面發生反射。藉由使用折射率高之黏著劑作為用於上述高折射材料之接合等的黏著劑,可防止或抑制上述界面反射。此外,丙烯酸系黏著劑之折射率通常為1.47左右。 The problem to be solved by the invention Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose an adhesive composition mainly composed of a (meth)acrylate polymer and an adhesive obtained by crosslinking the adhesive composition. The (meth)acrylate polymer The compound contains a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit; and it is proposed that the refractive index of the adhesive be 1.50 or more, preferably 1.51 or more, by using a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings. For example, it is known that there are materials with a high refractive index among the materials that can be attached with adhesives such as optical components. If a general acrylic adhesive is used in the bonding of such high refractive index materials, the difference in refractive index between the two will This causes reflection at the interface. By using an adhesive having a high refractive index as the adhesive used for joining the above-mentioned high-refractive materials, etc., the above-mentioned interface reflection can be prevented or suppressed. In addition, the refractive index of the acrylic adhesive is usually about 1.47.

而黏著劑因應其應用之處或使用態樣,可適宜使用具有良好柔軟性者。例如,近年以可用於智慧型手機等電子機器之有機EL顯示裝置等的顯示器來說,折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器已實用化,從而用於上述用途之黏著劑亦必須具有順應可反覆彎折之被黏著體的柔軟性。柔軟性優異之黏著劑亦容易順應、密著於3維形狀等曲面形狀之表面,從而還適於具有曲面形狀之電子機器用途。關於具有高折射率之黏著劑,若可提高柔軟性,便亦可應用於上述要求柔軟性之用途上,乃有用。然而,黏著性聚合物之單體成分或可使用作為黏著劑用添加劑之高折射率材料有具有芳香環等玻璃轉移溫度高之傾向,從而使用高折射率材料所形成的黏著劑會有彈性模數變高之傾向。黏著劑之設計中,高折射率與低彈性模數具有抵換關係,若能實現兼顧兩者之黏著劑,在實際應用上便有益。Adhesives with good flexibility can be suitably used depending on the place where they are applied or the way they are used. For example, in recent years, in terms of displays such as organic EL display devices that can be used in electronic devices such as smartphones, foldable displays or rollable displays have been put into practical use, so the adhesives used for the above applications must also be flexible and bendable repeatedly. The softness of the adherend. Adhesives with excellent flexibility are also easy to conform and adhere to surfaces with curved surfaces such as 3-dimensional shapes, so they are also suitable for electronic devices with curved surfaces. As for the adhesive having a high refractive index, if the flexibility can be improved, it can also be applied to the above-mentioned applications requiring flexibility, which is useful. However, the monomer component of the adhesive polymer or the high-refractive-index material that can be used as an additive for the adhesive tends to have a high glass transition temperature such as an aromatic ring, so the adhesive formed by using a high-refractive-index material will have an elastic modulus. Tendency to increase. In the design of adhesives, high refractive index and low modulus of elasticity have a trade-off relationship, and it will be beneficial in practical applications if an adhesive that takes both into account can be realized.

本發明係有鑑於上述情事而創造者,目的在於提供一種黏著劑組成物,其可形成兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑。本發明其他目的在於提供一種黏著片其包含由上述黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑層。The present invention is created in view of the above circumstances, and aims to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with both high refractive index and low elastic modulus. Another object of the present invention is to provide an adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer formed from the above adhesive composition.

用以解決課題之手段 根據本說明書,提供一種包含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑之黏著劑組成物。構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1)。又,前述塑化劑係一具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物。上述構成之黏著劑組成物中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分包含含芳香環單體(A1),因此適於形成折射率高之黏著劑。又,上述黏著劑組成物包含具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物作為塑化劑,因此可形成具有高折射率且經低彈性模數化之黏著劑。 means to solve problems According to the specification, an adhesive composition comprising an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer is provided. The monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). Also, the aforementioned plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and is liquid at 30°C. In the above-mentioned adhesive composition, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer includes the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1), so it is suitable for forming an adhesive with a high refractive index. In addition, the above-mentioned adhesive composition contains a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and is liquid at 30° C. as a plasticizer, so that an adhesive having a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity can be formed.

在數個理想態樣中,前述化合物係在20℃下為液態之化合物。藉由使用在20℃下為液態之化合物作為塑化劑,容易形成低彈性模數之黏著劑。In several ideal aspects, the aforementioned compounds are liquid compounds at 20°C. By using a compound that is liquid at 20°C as a plasticizer, it is easy to form an adhesive with a low modulus of elasticity.

在數個理想態樣中,前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於15重量份。在數個態樣中,前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於30重量份。根據如上述組成之黏著劑組成物,可適宜形成兼顧有高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑。In several desirable aspects, the aforementioned plasticizer system contains more than 15 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned acrylic polymer. In several aspects, the aforementioned plasticizer system contains more than 30 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned acrylic polymer. According to the above-mentioned adhesive composition, an adhesive having both high refractive index and low elastic modulus can be suitably formed.

在數個理想態樣中,前述塑化劑具有選自芳香環及雜環中之至少1種環作為前述含雙鍵之環。藉由使用具有上述化學結構之化合物作為塑化劑,可容易獲得兼顧有高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑。In some desirable aspects, the plasticizer has at least one ring selected from aromatic rings and heterocyclic rings as the double bond-containing ring. By using a compound having the above chemical structure as a plasticizer, an adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity can be easily obtained.

在數個理想態樣中,前述塑化劑具有第1含雙鍵之環與第2含雙鍵之環。而且,前述第1含雙鍵之環與前述第2含雙鍵之環係隔著原子數1~5之連結基連結。所述塑化劑因於2個以上含雙鍵之環之間具有連結基,故有具有高折射率的同時還容易使黏著劑之彈性模數降低的傾向。藉由使用所述結構之塑化劑,可更平衡兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數。In several desirable aspects, the aforementioned plasticizer has a first double bond-containing ring and a second double bond-containing ring. Furthermore, the first double bond-containing ring and the second double bond-containing ring are connected through a linking group having 1 to 5 atoms. Since the plasticizer has a linking group between two or more double bond-containing rings, it has a high refractive index and tends to lower the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive. By using the plasticizer of the structure, the high refractive index and the low elastic modulus can be more balanced.

在數個態樣中,前述塑化劑之分子量在100~2000之範圍內。具有上述範圍之分子量的塑化劑容易與黏著劑相溶,而容易發揮塑化效果。In several aspects, the molecular weight of the aforementioned plasticizer is in the range of 100-2000. A plasticizer having a molecular weight within the above-mentioned range is easy to be compatible with the adhesive, and is easy to exert a plasticizing effect.

在數個態樣中,構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除前述含芳香環單體(A1)外還含有單體(A2),該單體(A2)具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者。藉由使用具有所述單體組成之丙烯酸系聚合物,可適宜獲得兼顧有柔軟性與良好凝集力之高折射率黏著劑。In several aspects, the monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer further contains a monomer (A2) in addition to the aforementioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1), and the monomer (A2) has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. By. By using the acrylic polymer having the above-mentioned monomer composition, a high-refractive-index adhesive having both flexibility and good cohesive force can be obtained suitably.

在數個態樣中,前述單體成分中,前述含芳香環單體(A1)之含量為60重量%以上。藉由使用含芳香環單體(A1)之聚合比率為60重量%以上的丙烯酸系聚合物,可容易獲得具有高折射率之黏著劑。In several aspects, in the said monomer component, content of the said aromatic ring containing monomer (A1) is 60 weight% or more. By using the acrylic polymer whose polymerization rate of the aromatic ring containing monomer (A1) is 60 weight% or more, the adhesive agent which has a high refractive index can be obtained easily.

在數個態樣中,前述含芳香環單體(A1)中50重量%以上為均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度在10℃以下之單體。藉此,即便提高含芳香環單體(A1)之聚合比率,仍可平衡兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數。In some aspects, 50% by weight or more of the aromatic ring-containing monomers (A1) are monomers whose homopolymer glass transition temperature is 10° C. or lower. Thereby, even if the polymerization ratio of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) is increased, a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity can still be balanced.

在此揭示之黏著劑組成物宜更包含交聯劑。藉由使用交聯劑,可賦予黏著劑適度之凝集性,提高黏著片之製造、加工、保存、對被黏著體之貼附等時之處理性。The adhesive composition disclosed herein preferably further includes a crosslinking agent. By using a cross-linking agent, moderate cohesiveness can be imparted to the adhesive, which improves the handling properties of the adhesive sheet during manufacture, processing, storage, and attachment to an adherend.

又,根據本說明書,提供一種黏著片,其包含由在此揭示之任一黏著劑(可為由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑)構成之黏著劑層。在此揭示之黏著劑可兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數,因此包含上述黏著劑之黏著片宜具有折疊式顯示器用途等之高折射率,且可適宜用於要求具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性之用途上的接合或固定、保護等。Also, according to the specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer composed of any adhesive disclosed herein (it may be an adhesive formed of any adhesive composition disclosed herein). The adhesive disclosed here can balance high refractive index and low elastic modulus. Therefore, the adhesive sheet containing the above-mentioned adhesive should have a high refractive index for folding display applications, etc., and can be suitable for applications that require repeated bending operations. Bonding or fixing, protection, etc. for the purpose of flexibility.

此外,適當組合本說明書所記載之各要素而成者亦可包含於藉由本件專利申請案尋求專利保護之發明範圍中。In addition, an appropriate combination of elements described in this specification may also be included in the scope of the invention for which patent protection is sought through this patent application.

以下說明本發明之理想實施形態。本說明書中未特別言及之事項以外且為本發明實施所需之情事,乃熟知此項技藝之人士可根據關於本說明書所載發明實施之教示及申請時之技術常識而理解。本發明得以根據本說明書中所揭示之內容及該領域之技術常識來實施。 此外,在以下圖式中,對於發揮相同作用之構件、部位有賦予相同符號來說明之情形,且重複之說明有省略或簡化之情形。又,圖式中記載之實施形態係為了清楚說明本發明而業經示意化,並非完全正確表示實際提供之製品的尺寸或比例尺。 Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Except for matters not specifically mentioned in this specification and necessary for the implementation of the present invention, those who are familiar with the art can understand it based on the teachings about the implementation of the invention contained in this specification and the technical common sense at the time of application. The present invention can be implemented based on the contents disclosed in this specification and common technical knowledge in the field. In addition, in the following drawings, members and locations that perform the same functions are sometimes described with the same symbols, and repeated descriptions may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematic for clearly explaining the present invention, and do not completely and accurately represent the dimensions or scales of products actually provided.

在本說明書中,黏著劑之「基底聚合物」意指該黏著劑中所含橡膠狀聚合物之主成分。上述橡膠狀聚合物係指於室溫附近之溫度區域中展現橡膠彈性之聚合物。又,在本說明書中,「主成分」在未特別註記時,意指包含大於50重量%之成分。In this specification, the "base polymer" of the adhesive means the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive. The aforementioned rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer exhibiting rubber elasticity in a temperature region around room temperature. Moreover, in this specification, a "main component" means containing more than 50 weight% of a component unless it mentions especially.

在本說明書中,「丙烯酸系聚合物」意指包含下述單體單元作為構成該聚合物之單體單元的聚合物:該單體單元係源自1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。以下,1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體亦稱「丙烯酸系單體」。因此,本說明書中之丙烯酸系聚合物係定義為包含源自丙烯酸系單體之單體單元的聚合物。丙烯酸系聚合物之典型例可舉構成該聚合物之單體成分中大於50重量%(宜大於70重量%,例如大於90重量%)為丙烯酸系單體的丙烯酸系聚合物。In this specification, "acrylic polymer" means a polymer comprising, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from at least one (methyl) Acryl monomer. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acryl group in one molecule is also referred to as an "acrylic monomer". Therefore, the acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer comprising a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer. Typical examples of acrylic polymers include acrylic monomers in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, such as more than 90% by weight) of the monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.

又,在本說明書中,「丙烯酸系單體」意指1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。在此,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係指總括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基之意。因此,在此所提丙烯酸系單體之概念可包含具有丙烯醯基之單體(丙烯酸系單體)及具有甲基丙烯醯基之單體(甲基丙烯酸系單體)兩者。同樣地,在本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指總括丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,而「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係指總括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯之意。其他的類似用語亦同。Moreover, in this specification, "acrylic monomer" means the monomer which has at least 1 (meth)acryl group in 1 molecule. Here, "(meth)acryl" refers to both acryl and methacryl. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomers mentioned here may include both monomers with acryl groups (acrylic monomers) and monomers with methacryl groups (methacrylic monomers). Similarly, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylate" means both acrylate and methacrylate. The same applies to other similar expressions.

<黏著劑組成物> 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物若為可形成包含丙烯酸系聚合物之黏著劑(宜為包含該丙烯酸系聚合物作為基底聚合物之黏著劑)者即可,其形態無特別限定。上述黏著劑組成物例如可為下列各種形態:有機溶劑中包含黏著劑形成成分之形態的溶劑型黏著劑組成物、調製成可藉由紫外線或放射線等活性能量線硬化而形成黏著劑之活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物、黏著劑形成成分分散於水中之形態的水分散型黏著劑組成物、在加熱熔融狀態下塗敷且冷卻至室溫附近便可形成黏著劑的熱熔型黏著劑組成物等。在此揭示之技術可使用溶劑型黏著劑組成物來適宜實施,但無特別限定。在具備由溶劑型黏著劑組成物形成之溶劑型黏著劑層之態樣中,可適宜實現兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數。 <Adhesive composition> The adhesive composition disclosed here is not particularly limited as long as it can form an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer (preferably an adhesive containing the acrylic polymer as a base polymer). The above-mentioned adhesive composition can be, for example, the following various forms: a solvent-based adhesive composition in which an adhesive-forming component is contained in an organic solvent, and an active energy prepared to be hardened by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive. Line-curing adhesive composition, water-dispersed adhesive composition in which adhesive forming components are dispersed in water, hot-melt adhesive composition that forms an adhesive when applied in a heated and molten state and cooled to around room temperature things etc. The technique disclosed here can be suitably implemented using a solvent-based adhesive composition, but is not particularly limited. In an aspect having a solvent-based adhesive layer formed of a solvent-based adhesive composition, it is possible to suitably achieve both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity.

在此揭示之黏著劑組成物包含含芳香環單體(A1)作為構成上述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分。在此,本說明書中所謂「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」,意指無論是以預先形成之聚合物(可為寡聚物)之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中、或是以未聚合單體之形態包含於黏著劑組成物中,皆會在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中構成丙烯酸系聚合物之重複單元的單體。亦即,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可在聚合物、未聚合物、部分聚合物之任一形態下包含於上述黏著劑組成物中。由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性等觀點來看,在數個態樣中宜為將單體成分之實質上全部(例如95重量%以上,宜為99重量%以上)以聚合物之形態包含的黏著劑組成物。The adhesive composition disclosed here contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) as a monomer component constituting the above-mentioned acrylic polymer. Here, the term "monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer" in this specification means whether it is contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer) or is not The form of the polymerized monomer is included in the adhesive composition, and all monomers that constitute the repeating unit of the acrylic polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be contained in the above-mentioned adhesive composition in any form of polymer, unpolymerized, or partially polymerized. From the viewpoint of easiness of preparation of the adhesive composition, etc., it is preferable to include substantially all of the monomer components (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) in the form of a polymer in several aspects. adhesive composition.

(單體(A1)) 單體(A1)可使用1分子中包含至少1個芳香環與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(A1)可單獨使用1種所述化合物或組合2種以上來使用。 (monomer (A1)) As the monomer (A1), a compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule can be used. A monomer (A1) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由柔軟性或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由抑制黏著劑之柔軟性降低之觀點來看,單體(A1)可適宜使用1分子中所含之乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。Examples of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated groups include (meth)acryl, vinyl, (meth)allyl and the like. A (meth)acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of flexibility or adhesiveness. As the monomer (A1), a compound (that is, a monofunctional monomer) in which the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in 1 molecule is 1 can be suitably used from the viewpoint of suppressing a reduction in the flexibility of the adhesive.

可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物1分子中所含之芳香環之數量可為1,亦可為2以上。上述芳香環之數量的上限無特別限制,例如可為16以下。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或黏著劑之透明性等之觀點來看,上述芳香環之數量例如可為12以下,宜為8以下,較宜為6以下,可為5以下,可為4以下,可為3以下,亦可為2以下。The number of aromatic rings contained in the molecule of Compound 1 which can be used as a monomer (A1) may be 1 or 2 or more. The upper limit of the number of the above-mentioned aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and may be 16 or less, for example. In several aspects, the number of the above-mentioned aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or the transparency of the adhesive. It may be 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.

可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物具有之芳香環亦可為:苯環(可為構成聯苯結構或茀結構之一部分的苯環);萘環、茚環、薁環、蒽環、菲環之縮合環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環(heterocycle)。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。單體(A1)例如亦可如二萘并噻吩結構般,具有1或2個以上碳環與1或2個以上雜環已進行縮合之結構。The aromatic ring of the compound that can be used as the monomer (A1) can also be: benzene ring (which can be a part of the biphenyl structure or the fluorine structure); naphthalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring A carbocyclic ring such as a condensed ring of a ring; it can also be a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridyl ring, a three-ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a azole ring, or an iso Heterocycles such as azole ring, thiazole ring, and thiophene ring. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituting atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more kinds selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In several aspects, the above-mentioned heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The monomer (A1) may have, for example, a structure in which one or more carbocycles and one or more heterocycles are condensed like a dinaphthothiophene structure.

上述芳香環(宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。此外,單體(A1)具有之芳香環於其環構成原子上具有取代基,係指該芳香環具有具乙烯性不飽和基之取代基以外之取代基。The aforementioned aromatic ring (preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one, two or more substituents, or no substituents on ring constituting atoms. When there is a substituent, the substituent can be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyl group Oxygen, etc., but not limited thereto. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, for example, 1 or 2. In several aspects, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring having no substituent on the ring constituting atom, or may have an aromatic ring selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (such as bromine) on the ring constituting atom. Atom) aromatic ring with 1 or more substituents in the group. In addition, when the aromatic ring of the monomer (A1) has a substituent on the ring constituting atom, it means that the aromatic ring has a substituent other than a substituent having an ethylenically unsaturated group.

芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基可直接鍵結,亦可隔著連結基來鍵結。上述連結基例如可為包含選自伸烷基、氧伸烷基、聚(氧伸烷基)基、苯基、烷基苯基、烷氧基苯基、該等基中之1或2個以上氫原子被羥基取代之結構的基團(例如羥伸烷基)、氧基(-O-基)、硫代氧基(-S-基)等中之1或2種以上結構的基團。在數個態樣中,可適宜採用芳香環與乙烯性不飽和基直接鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體、或隔著選自於由伸烷基、氧伸烷基及聚(氧伸烷基)基所構成群組中之連結基而鍵結之結構的含芳香環單體。上述伸烷基及上述氧伸烷基之碳原子數宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。上述聚(氧伸烷基)基中之氧伸烷基單元的重複數例如可為2~3。The aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be bonded directly or bonded via a linking group. The above-mentioned linking group may include, for example, 1 or 2 selected from alkylene, oxyalkylene, poly(oxyalkylene) group, phenyl, alkylphenyl, alkoxyphenyl, and such groups. One or more groups of structures in which the above hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl groups (such as hydroxyalkylene groups), oxy (-O-groups), thiooxyl groups (-S-groups), etc. . In several aspects, an aromatic ring-containing monomer having a structure in which an aromatic ring is directly bonded to an ethylenically unsaturated group, or an aromatic ring-containing monomer selected from an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, and a poly(oxyalkylene group) may be suitably used. An aromatic ring-containing monomer having a structure in which a linking group in a group constitutes a group and is bonded. The number of carbon atoms in the above-mentioned alkylene group and the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, for example, 1 or 2. The repeating number of the oxyalkylene units in the poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2-3.

可適宜採用作為單體(A1)之化合物之例可舉含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物。含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含芳香環乙烯基化合物可分別單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可組合1種或2種以上含芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯與1種或2種以上含芳香環乙烯基化合物來使用。Examples of compounds that can be suitably used as the monomer (A1) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds. The aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. One or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.

在數個態樣中,由可容易獲得較高的高折射率化效果來看,可使用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體作為單體(A1)。1分子內具有2個以上芳香環之單體(含複數個芳香環之單體)之例可列舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的單體、具有縮合芳香環結構之單體、具有茀結構之單體、具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體、具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體等。含複數個芳香環之單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In some aspects, a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) in one molecule can be used as the monomer (A1) from the viewpoint that a higher effect of increasing the refractive index can be easily obtained. Examples of monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (monomers containing multiple aromatic rings) include monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, monomers having two The above monomers with the structure of direct (that is, without intervening other atoms) chemical bonding of non-condensed aromatic rings, monomers with condensed aromatic ring structures, monomers with fennel structures, monomers with dinaphthothiophene structures, monomers with Monomers with dibenzothiophene structure, etc. The monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述連結基可為例如:氧基(-O-)、硫代氧基(-S-)、氧伸烷基(例如-O-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、硫代氧基伸烷基(例如-S-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、直鏈伸烷基(亦即-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~6,宜為1~3)、上述氧伸烷基、上述硫代氧基伸烷基及上述直鏈伸烷基中之伸烷基已部分鹵化或完全鹵化之基團等。由黏著劑之柔軟性等觀點來看,上述連結基之適宜例可舉氧基、硫代氧基、氧伸烷基及直鏈伸烷基。具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的單體之具體例可舉苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如間苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、硫代苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基苄酯等。 The above linking group can be, for example: oxy (-O-), thiooxy (-S-), oxyalkylene (such as -O-(CH 2 ) n -group, where n is 1~3, It is preferably 1), thiooxyalkylene (such as -S-(CH 2 ) n -group, where n is 1~3, preferably 1), straight chain alkylene (ie -(CH 2 ) n -group, where n is 1~6, preferably 1~3), the alkylene group in the above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the above-mentioned thiooxyalkylene group and the above-mentioned linear chain alkylene group has been partially or fully halogenated group etc. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, etc., suitable examples of the above linking group include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a straight-chain alkylene group. Specific examples of monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (such as m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate) , thiophenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體例如可為含聯苯結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含三苯基結構之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基之聯苯等。具體例可舉鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聯苯甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。The above-mentioned monomers with two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly chemically bonded can be, for example, biphenyl-containing (meth)acrylates, triphenyl-containing (meth)acrylates, vinyl-containing biphenyls wait. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體之例可舉含萘環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含蒽環(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含乙烯基萘、含乙烯基蒽等。具體例可舉:1-萘基甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(別名:1-萘甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、羥乙基化β-萘酚丙烯酸酯、2-萘乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-萘氧乙基丙烯酸酯、2-(4-甲氧基-1-萘氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the above-mentioned monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylate, vinyl naphthalene, vinyl anthracene, and the like. Specific examples can be cited: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (alias: 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated β-naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthylethyl ( Meth)acrylate, 2-naphthyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-(4-methoxy-1-naphthyloxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

上述具有茀結構之單體的具體例可舉9,9-雙(4-羥苯基)茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯、9,9-雙[4-(2-羥乙氧基)苯基]茀(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此外,具有茀結構之單體因包含2個苯環直接化學鍵結之結構部分,故包含在具有上述2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的單體的概念中。Specific examples of the above-mentioned monomers having a fennel structure include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) fennel (meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl ] fennel (meth) acrylate, etc. In addition, a monomer having a fennel structure is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded because it contains a structural portion in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded.

上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二萘并噻吩、含乙烯基之二萘并噻吩、含(甲基)烯丙基之二萘并噻吩等。具體例可舉:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH 2-之結構的化合物;此處,R 1為氫原子或甲基)、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(例如於二萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH(CH 3)-或CH 2CH(R 1)C(O)OCH 2CH 2-之結構的化合物;此處,R 1為氫原子或甲基)、乙烯基二萘并噻吩(例如於萘并噻吩環之5位或6位鍵結有乙烯基之結構的化合物)、(甲基)烯丙氧基二萘并噻吩等。此外,具有二萘并噻吩結構之單體係藉由包含萘結構、還有具有噻吩環與2個萘結構已進行縮合之結構,而亦包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。 The aforementioned monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryl-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include: (meth)acryloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 - A compound of the structure; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), (meth)acryloxyethyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, CH is bonded to the 5-position or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH(CH 3 )- or CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 - compounds; here, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group) , Vinyl dinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxy dinaphthothiophene, and the like. In addition, the monomer system having a dinaphthothiophene structure includes a naphthalene structure and a condensed structure having a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures, and is also included in the above-mentioned concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure .

上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體可舉含(甲基)丙烯醯基之二苯并噻吩、含乙烯基之二苯并噻吩等。此外,具有二苯并噻吩結構之單體由於具有噻吩環與2個苯環已進行縮合之結構,而包含於上述具有縮合芳香環結構之單體的概念中。 此外,二萘并噻吩結構及二苯并噻吩結構皆不屬於2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構。 The aforementioned monomers having a dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryl-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like. In addition, since a monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure has a condensed structure of a thiophene ring and two benzene rings, it is included in the concept of the above-mentioned monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure. In addition, neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure belongs to the structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

在數個理想態樣中,單體(A1)可使用1分子中具有1個芳香環(宜為碳環)之單體。1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體(含單數個芳香環之單體)例如有助於提升黏著劑之柔軟性或調整黏著特性、提升透明性等。含單數個芳香環之單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個態樣中,由提升黏著劑之折射率之觀點來看,1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體亦可與含複數個芳香環之單體組合來使用。In several ideal aspects, the monomer (A1) can use the monomer which has 1 aromatic ring (preferably carbocyclic ring) in 1 molecule. A monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule (a monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings) contributes to, for example, improving the flexibility of an adhesive, adjusting adhesive properties, improving transparency, and the like. Monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule may be used in combination with a monomer including a plurality of aromatic rings.

1分子中具有1個芳香環之單體之例可舉:(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、乙氧基化苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、2-羥-3-苯氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氯苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含碳芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;2-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-二級丁基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、6-(4,6-二溴-2-異丙基苯氧基)己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-壬基苯基丙烯酸酯、2,6-二溴-4-十二基苯基丙烯酸酯等含溴取代芳香環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、三級丁基苯乙烯等含碳芳香環之乙烯基化合物;N-乙烯吡啶、N-乙烯嘧啶、N-乙烯吡𠯤、N-乙烯吡咯、N-乙烯咪唑、N-乙烯基㗁唑等雜芳香環上具有乙烯基取代基之化合物等。Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include: benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (methyl) base) acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, cresyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Carbon-containing aromatic ring (meth)acrylates such as chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate; 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-secondary butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-secondary butylphenoxy)hexyl ( Meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenyl acrylate, 2 , 6-dibromo-4-dodecylphenyl acrylate and other bromine-substituted aromatic ring (meth)acrylates; styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butylstyrene, etc. Vinyl compounds with carbon aromatic rings; N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole and other heteroaromatic rings have vinyl substituents compounds etc.

單體(A1)亦可使用如上述之各種含芳香環單體中之乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之結構的單體。如所述使乙烯性不飽和基與芳香環之間包夾有氧伸乙基鏈之單體可視為原本單體的乙氧基化物。上述氧伸乙基鏈中之氧伸乙基單元(-CH 2CH 2O-)的重複數典型上為1~4,宜為1~3,較宜為1~2,例如為1。經乙氧基化之含芳香環單體的具體例可舉:乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化壬苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化甲酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧乙酯、苯氧基二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 As the monomer (A1), a monomer having a structure in which an oxyethylene chain is sandwiched between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in the above-mentioned various aromatic ring-containing monomers can also be used. A monomer in which an oxyethylidene chain is sandwiched between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring as described above can be regarded as an ethoxylate of the original monomer. The repetition number of the oxyethylene unit (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) in the oxyethylene chain is typically 1-4, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, for example 1. Specific examples of ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include: ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated methyl Phenol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and the like.

單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為含複數個芳香環之單體。亦即,單體(A1)亦可僅使用1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如考慮到高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,可為70重量%以下,可為65重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(A1)中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用含複數個芳香環之單體。The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, it is preferably 70% by weight The above may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The monomer (A1) may be substantially 100% by weight of a monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (A1), only one or two or more monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be used. Also, in several aspects, for example, considering the high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and further considering the balance with adhesive force if necessary, the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) The body content can be less than 100% by weight, 98% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less , may be 25% by weight or less, or may be 10% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can be implemented even when the content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings may not be used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與彈性模數之黏著劑。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為91重量%以上、92重量%以上、93重量%以上、94重量%以上、95重量%以上、96重量%以上、97重量%以上、98重量%以上或99重量%以上。上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量考慮到高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,設為大約99重量%以下是有利的,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為60重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為40重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之含複數個芳香環之單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and it can be set to achieve an adhesive with both the desired refractive index and elastic modulus. The content of the monomer containing a plurality of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components can be, for example, more than 35% by weight, more than 50% by weight It is advantageous, preferably more than 70% by weight, can be more than 75% by weight, can be more than 85% by weight, can be more than 90% by weight, can also be more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, 94% by weight % by weight or more, 95% by weight or more, 96% by weight or more, 97% by weight or more, 98% by weight or more, or 99% by weight or more. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is set at about 99% by weight or less in consideration of the high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and if necessary, further considering the balance with the adhesive force. Advantageously, it should be less than 98% by weight, more preferably less than 96% by weight, it can be less than 93% by weight, it can be less than 90% by weight, it can be less than 85% by weight, it can be less than 80% by weight, or it can be 75% by weight or less. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of easy realization of higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency), the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 70% by weight The following may be 60% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be carried out even when the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer component is less than 3% by weight.

單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為含單數個芳香環之單體。亦即,單體(A1)亦可僅使用1種或2種以上含單數個芳香環之單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如考慮到高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,可為70重量%以下,可為65重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在單體(A1)中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量小於5重量%之態樣下仍可實施。亦可不使用含單數個芳香環之單體。The content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, it is preferably 70% by weight The above may be 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The monomer (A1) may be substantially 100% by weight of a monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings. That is, as the monomer (A1), only one or two or more monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings may be used. Also, in several aspects, for example, considering the high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and further considering the balance with the adhesive force if necessary, the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) The body content can be less than 100% by weight, 98% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 65% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less , may be 25% by weight or less, or may be 10% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can be implemented even if the content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the monomer (A1) is less than 5% by weight. Monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings may not be used.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與彈性模數之黏著劑。上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易實現具有更高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,大於50重量%是有利的,宜為60重量%以上,較宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,可為95重量%以上,亦可為98重量%以上。上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量考慮到高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步考慮到與接著力之平衡,可設為大約99重量%以下,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。在數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量可為70重量%以下,可為60重量%以下,可為50重量%以下,可為40重量%以下,可為25重量%以下,可為15重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下。在此揭示之技術即便在上述單體成分中之含單數個芳香環之單體之含量小於3重量%之態樣下仍可實施。The content of monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and it can be set to achieve an adhesive with both the desired refractive index and elastic modulus. The content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive with a higher refractive index, the content of monomers containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components can be, for example, more than 35% by weight, more than 50% by weight It is advantageous, preferably more than 60% by weight, more preferably more than 70% by weight, can be more than 75% by weight, can be more than 85% by weight, can be more than 90% by weight, can be more than 95% by weight, and can also be 98% by weight % by weight or more. The content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components can be set at about 99% by weight or less in consideration of the high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and if necessary, further considering the balance with the adhesive force , preferably set to 98% by weight or less, more preferably set to 96% by weight or less, may be 93% by weight or less, may be 90% by weight or less, may be 85% by weight or less, may be 80% by weight or less, or may be 75% by weight or less Weight% or less. In several aspects, the content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components may be 70% by weight from the viewpoint of easy realization of higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency) The following may be 60% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed here can be carried out even when the content of the monomer containing an odd number of aromatic rings in the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 3% by weight.

在此揭示之技術之數個態樣中,作為單體(A1)之至少一部份可適宜採用高折射率單體。在此,「高折射率單體」意指其折射率例如為大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之單體。高折射率單體之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性之觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.900以下,可為1.800以下,亦可為1.700以下。高折射率單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 此外,單體之折射率係使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射率計可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 In several aspects of the technology disclosed here, a high-refractive-index monomer can be suitably used as at least a part of the monomer (A1). Here, "high refractive index monomer" means a monomer whose refractive index is, for example, about 1.510 or higher, preferably about 1.530 or higher, more preferably about 1.550 or higher. The upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition or the ease of compatibility with the flexibility suitable as an adhesive, for example, it is 3.000 or less, and may be 2.500 Below, may be 2.000 or less, may be 1.900 or less, may be 1.800 or less, may be 1.700 or less. The high-refractive-index monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, the refractive index of a monomer was measured on conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25 degreeC using the Abbe refractometer. As the Abbe refractometer, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO Corporation or its equivalent can be used. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C. provided from a manufacturer or the like, the nominal value may be adopted.

上述高折射率單體可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(A1)之概念所含之化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該折射率者。具體例可舉:間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.566,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、1-萘甲基丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.595,均聚物之Tg:31℃)、乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚丙烯酸酯(氧伸乙基單元之重複數:1,折射率:1.578)、丙烯酸苄酯(折射率(nD20):1.519,均聚物之Tg:6℃)、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(折射率(nD20):1.517,均聚物之Tg:2℃)、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(折射率:1.510,均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、6-丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTA,折射率:1.75)、6-甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(6MDNTMA,折射率:1.726)、5-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(5EDNTA,折射率:1.786)、6-丙烯醯氧基乙基二萘并噻吩(6EDNTA,折射率:1.722)、6-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(6VDNT,折射率:1.802)、5-乙烯基二萘并噻吩(縮寫:5VDNT,折射率:1.793)等,惟不受該等限定。The said high-refractive-index monomer can suitably employ the one which has this refractive index among the compounds contained in the concept of the aromatic ring containing monomer (A1) disclosed here (for example, the compound and compound group exemplified above). Specific examples include: m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, Tg of homopolymer: -35°C), 1-naphthyl methacrylate (refractive index: 1.595, Tg of homopolymer: 31 ℃), ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (repeating number of oxyethylene units: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, Tg of homopolymer: 6 ℃), phenoxyethyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.517, Tg of homopolymer: 2℃), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, Tg of homopolymer: -35 ℃), 6-acryloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.75), 6-methacryloxymethyl dinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-propene Acyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6-acryloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyldinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, Refractive index: 1.802), 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1.793), etc., but not limited thereto.

單體(A1)中之高折射率單體(亦即折射率為大約1.510以上、宜為大約1.530以上、較宜為大約1.550以上之含芳香環單體)之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,可為35重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為50重量%以上,宜為70重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為高折射率單體。又,在數個態樣中,例如由高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之高折射率單體之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。The content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer with a refractive index of about 1.510 or more, preferably about 1.530 or more, more preferably about 1.550 or more) in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, for example, it can be 5% by weight or more, may be 25% by weight or more, may be 35% by weight or more, and may be 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, and may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (A1) may be a high refractive index monomer. Also, in several aspects, for example, from the perspective of high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and if necessary, to further balance the adhesive force, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (A1) It may be less than 100% by weight, may be 98% by weight or less, may be 90% by weight or less, may be 80% by weight or less, and may be 65% by weight or less.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與彈性模數之黏著劑。又,在需要之情況下,亦可進一步考慮兼顧黏著特性(例如接著力等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)來設定。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,高折射率單體之含量例如可大於35重量%,而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點來看,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中之高折射率單體之含量由高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之觀點來看,設為99重量%以下是有利的,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。The content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set to achieve an adhesive with both the desired refractive index and elastic modulus. In addition, if necessary, it can also be set in consideration of both adhesive properties (such as adhesive force, etc.) and/or optical properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the high refractive index monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, not less than 3% by weight, not less than 10% by weight, or not less than 25% by weight. In several aspects, in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of the high refractive index monomer can be greater than 35% by weight, for example, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index, greater than 50% by weight is the best Advantageously, it is preferably more than 70% by weight, may be more than 75% by weight, may be more than 85% by weight, may be more than 90% by weight, or may be more than 95% by weight. The content of the high-refractive-index monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components is advantageously set to 99% by weight or less from the viewpoint of a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus, and if necessary, a balance between the adhesive force and the adhesive force. 98% by weight or less, preferably 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight the following.

在數個理想態樣中,作為單體(A1)之至少一部分係採用均聚物之Tg為10℃以下之含芳香環單體(以下有表記為「單體L」之情形)。當增加單體成分中之含芳香環單體(A1)(尤其是相當於上述含複數個芳香環之單體、含單數個芳香環之單體及高折射率單體中之至少一者的含芳香環單體(A1))之含量時,有黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'大致會上升之傾向,但藉由採用單體L作為該單體(A1)之一部分或全部,可抑制儲存彈性模數G'之上升。藉此,可更良好地維持低彈性模數,並可提升折射率。單體L之Tg例如可為5℃以下,可為0℃以下,可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,亦可為-25℃以下。單體L之Tg的下限無特別限制。考量到與折射率提升效果之平衡,在數個態樣中,單體L之Tg例如可為-70℃以上,可為-55℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上。在其他數個態樣中,單體L之Tg例如可為-30℃以上,可為-10℃以上,可為0℃以上,亦可為3℃以上。單體L可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In some ideal aspects, at least a part of the monomer (A1) is an aromatic ring-containing monomer whose Tg of the homopolymer is 10°C or lower (hereinafter referred to as "monomer L"). When increasing the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer component (especially equivalent to at least one of the above-mentioned monomers containing multiple aromatic rings, monomers containing a single aromatic ring, and high-refractive index monomers) When the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1)) is increased, the storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive tends to increase, but by using the monomer L as part or all of the monomer (A1), it can be suppressed The storage elastic modulus G' rises. Thereby, the low modulus of elasticity can be better maintained, and the refractive index can be increased. The Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5°C or lower, 0°C or lower, -10°C or lower, -20°C or lower, or -25°C or lower. The lower limit of the Tg of the monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the effect of increasing the refractive index, in several aspects, the Tg of the monomer L may be -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. In several other aspects, the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, -30°C or higher, -10°C or higher, 0°C or higher, or 3°C or higher. Monomer L can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體L可從在此揭示之含芳香環單體(A1)之概念所含之化合物(例如上述所例示之化合物及化合物群)之中適當採用具有該Tg者。可作為單體L使用之含芳香環單體之適宜例可舉:間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)、丙烯酸苄酯(均聚物之Tg:6℃)、丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(均聚物之Tg:2℃)、苯氧基二乙二醇丙烯酸酯(均聚物之Tg:-35℃)。As the monomer L, one having such a Tg can be appropriately employed among compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) disclosed here (for example, the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). Suitable examples of aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as the monomer L include: m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C), benzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 6°C ), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 2°C), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C).

單體(A1)中之單體L之含量無特別限制,例如可為5重量%以上,可為25重量%以上,亦可為40重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之單體L之含量例如可為50重量%以上,而由低彈性模數化之觀點來看宜為60重量%以上,可為70重量%以上,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。單體(A1)亦可實質上100重量%為單體L。又,在數個態樣中,例如由高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之觀點來看,單體(A1)中之單體L之含量可小於100重量%,可為98重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下。The content of the monomer L in the monomer (A1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of monomer L in the monomer (A1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more from the viewpoint of easily obtaining an adhesive having a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus at a higher level , and from the point of view of low elastic modulus, it is preferably 60% by weight or more, can be 70% by weight or more, can be 75% by weight or more, can be 85% by weight or more, can be 90% by weight or more, or can be More than 95% by weight. The monomer (A1) may be substantially 100% by weight of the monomer L. Also, in several aspects, for example, from the perspective of high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and if necessary, to further balance the adhesive force, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (A1) can be less than 100% by weight may be 98% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可為3重量%以上,可為10重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由容易獲得以更高水準兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數率之黏著劑之觀點來看,單體成分中之單體L之含量例如可大於35重量%,而由提升折射率之觀點來看,大於50重量%是有利的,宜大於70重量%,可為75重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。上述單體成分中單體L之含量由平衡兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之觀點來看,設為大約99重量%以下是有利的,宜設為98重量%以下,較宜設為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,可為90重量%以下,可為85重量%以下,可為80重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。The content of the monomer L in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining an adhesive with a higher level of high refractive index and low modulus of elasticity, the content of monomer L in the monomer component can be greater than 35% by weight, for example, and From the point of view of increasing the refractive index, it is advantageous to be more than 50% by weight, preferably more than 70% by weight, it can be more than 75% by weight, it can be more than 85% by weight, it can be more than 90% by weight, and it can be 95% by weight above. The content of the monomer L in the above-mentioned monomer components is advantageously set to about 99% by weight or less from the viewpoint of balancing the high refractive index and the low elastic modulus, and further balancing the adhesive force if necessary. 98% by weight or less, preferably 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight the following.

在數個態樣中,由低彈性模數化之觀點來看,根據單體(A1)之組成的玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1為大約20℃以下是適當的,宜為10℃以下,例如可為5℃以下,可為0℃以下,可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,亦可為-25℃以下。玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1的下限無特別限制。考量到與折射率提升效果之平衡,在數個態樣中,玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1例如可為-70℃以上,可為-55℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上。在此揭示之技術即便在玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1為例如-40℃以上、-35℃以上、-33℃以上、-30℃以上或-25℃以上之態樣下仍可適宜實施。在其他數個態樣中,玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1例如可為-10℃以上,可為0℃以上,亦可為3℃以上。 In some aspects, from the viewpoint of lowering the modulus of elasticity, it is appropriate that the glass transition temperature Tg A1 is about 20°C or lower depending on the composition of the monomer (A1), preferably 10°C or lower, for example, It may be below 5°C, may be below 0°C, may be below -10°C, may be below -20°C, or may be below -25°C. The lower limit of the glass transition temperature Tg A1 is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the effect of raising the refractive index, in several aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg A1 may be, for example, not less than -70°C, not less than -55°C, or not less than -45°C. The technology disclosed here can be suitably implemented even when the glass transition temperature Tg A1 is, for example, -40°C or higher, -35°C or higher, -33°C or higher, -30°C or higher, or -25°C or higher. In several other aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg A1 may be, for example, not less than -10°C, not less than 0°C, or not less than 3°C.

在此,根據單體(A1)之組成的玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1意指僅根據構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)的組成,藉由後述Fox式求得之Tg。玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1可僅將構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)作為對象來應用Fox式,並從作為單體(A1)使用之各含芳香環單體之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度與單體(A1)之合計量中各含芳香環單體所佔之重量分率來算出。在僅使用1種單體作為單體(A1)之態樣中,該單體之均聚物的Tg與玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1一致。 Here, the glass transition temperature Tg A1 based on the composition of the monomer (A1) means Tg obtained by the Fox formula described later based only on the composition of the monomer (A1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer. The glass transition temperature Tg A1 can be obtained by applying the Fox formula only to the monomer (A1) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, and from the homopolymerization of each aromatic ring-containing monomer used as the monomer (A1) The glass transition temperature of the compound and the weight fraction of each aromatic ring-containing monomer in the total amount of the monomer (A1) were calculated. In an aspect using only one type of monomer as the monomer (A1), the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer coincides with the glass transition temperature Tg A1 .

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(A1)可組合單體L(亦即為均聚物的Tg為10℃以下之含芳香環單體)與Tg高於10℃之單體H來使用。單體H之Tg例如可高於10℃,可高於15℃,亦可高於20℃。藉由組合單體L與單體H來使用,在單體成分中之含芳香環單體(A1)之含量多之黏著劑中,可以更高水準兼顧該黏著劑之高折射率與適於對被黏著體之密著之柔軟性。單體L與單體H之使用量比可設定成可適宜展現所述效果,並無特別限定。例如,宜將單體L與單體H之使用量比設定成可滿足上述任一玻璃轉移溫度Tg A1In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) can combine monomer L (that is, an aromatic ring-containing monomer whose homopolymer Tg is below 10°C) and monomer H whose Tg is higher than 10°C to use. The Tg of monomer H may be higher than 10°C, higher than 15°C, or higher than 20°C, for example. By using the combination of monomer L and monomer H, in the adhesive with a high content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer component, the high refractive index of the adhesive and the suitability for the adhesive can be achieved at a higher level. The softness of adhesion to the adherend. The usage ratio of the monomer L and the monomer H can be set so that the above effect can be exhibited suitably, and it is not specifically limited. For example, it is preferable to set the usage ratio of the monomer L to the monomer H so as to satisfy any one of the above-mentioned glass transition temperatures Tg A1 .

在數個態樣中,含芳香環單體(A1)可適宜自不含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構(例如聯苯結構)的化合物中選擇。例如,宜為藉由下述組成之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物:包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物之含量小於5重量%(較宜為小於3重量%,亦可為0重量%)。如所述限制包含2個以上非縮合芳香環直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物的使用量一事,由實現高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。In several aspects, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) can be suitably selected from compounds that do not contain two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly chemically bonded (such as a biphenyl structure). For example, it is preferably an acrylic polymer composed of monomer components of the following composition: the content of the compound containing two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (preferably less than 3% by weight, It may also be 0% by weight). Limiting the usage amount of the compound containing two or more non-condensed aromatic rings directly chemically bonded as mentioned above is to achieve high refractive index and low modulus of elasticity, and to further balance the adhesion of the adhesive if necessary. From a point of view it is beneficial.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量無特別限制,可設定成可實現兼顧所期望之折射率與彈性模數、以及黏著特性(例如接著力等)及/或光學特性(例如全光線透射性、霧度值等)之黏著劑。在數個態樣中,上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量例如可為30重量%以上,宜為50重量%以上,亦可較宜為60重量%以上,亦可為70重量%以上。在數個理想態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量例如可大於70重量%,為75重量%以上是適當的;而由容易獲得更高折射率之觀點,宜為80重量%以上,可為85重量%以上,可為90重量%以上,亦可為91重量%以上、92重量%以上、93重量%以上、94重量%以上、95重量%以上、96重量%以上、97重量%以上、98重量%以上或99重量%以上。上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量典型上小於100重量%,而由高折射率與低彈性模數、且在需要之情況下進一步平衡兼顧接著力之觀點來看,大約99重量%以下是有利的,宜為98重量%以下,較宜為96重量%以下,可為93重量%以下,亦可為90重量%以下。在數個態樣中,由容易實現更高黏著特性及/或光學特性(例如透明性)之觀點來看,上述單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量可小於90重量%,可小於85重量%,亦可小於80重量%。The content of the monomer (A1) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and it can be set to achieve both the desired refractive index and modulus of elasticity, as well as adhesive properties (such as adhesive force, etc.) and/or Adhesives with optical properties (such as total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). In several aspects, the content of the monomer (A1) in the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, or 70% by weight %above. In several ideal forms, the content of the monomer (A1) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer can be greater than 70% by weight, for example, it is appropriate to be more than 75% by weight; and because it is easy to obtain a higher refractive index From the point of view, it is preferably 80% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, may be 91% by weight or more, 92% by weight or more, 93% by weight or more, 94% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more, 96% by weight or more, 97% by weight or more, 98% by weight or more, or 99% by weight or more. The content of the monomer (A1) in the above-mentioned monomer components is typically less than 100% by weight, and from the perspective of high refractive index and low elastic modulus, and if necessary, a further balance and consideration of adhesive force, about 99% by weight % or less is advantageous, preferably 98% by weight or less, more preferably 96% by weight or less, may be 93% by weight or less, and may be 90% by weight or less. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of easy realization of higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (such as transparency), the content of the monomer (A1) in the above-mentioned monomer components may be less than 90% by weight, may be less than 85% by weight, or less than 80% by weight.

(單體(A2)) 在數個理想態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除上述單體(A1)外,可更含有單體(A2)。上述單體(A2)係相當於具有羥基之單體(含羥基單體)及具有羧基之單體(含羧基單體)中之至少一者的單體。上述含羥基單體係1分子內具有至少1個羥基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。上述含羧基單體係1分子內包含至少1個羧基與至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。單體(A2)可有助於用以將交聯點導入丙烯酸系聚合物、或賦予黏著劑適度的凝集性。單體(A2)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。單體(A2)典型上為不含芳香環之單體。 (monomer (A2)) In several desirable aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain a monomer (A2) in addition to the above-mentioned monomer (A1). The said monomer (A2) is a monomer corresponding to at least one of the monomer which has a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and the monomer which has a carboxyl group (carboxyl group-containing monomer). The aforementioned hydroxyl-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The monomer (A2) can be used to introduce crosslinking points into the acrylic polymer, or to impart moderate cohesion to the adhesive. A monomer (A2) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The monomer (A2) is typically a monomer not containing an aromatic ring.

單體(A2)具有之乙烯性不飽和基之例可舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。由聚合反應性之觀點來看宜為(甲基)丙烯醯基,而由低彈性模數化或黏著性之觀點來看以丙烯醯基較佳。由抑制黏著劑之低彈性模數化之觀點來看,單體(A2)可適宜使用1分子中所含之乙烯性不飽和基之數量為1的化合物(即單官能單體)。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group that the monomer (A2) has include a (meth)acryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and the like. A (meth)acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of low elastic modulus and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of suppressing the lowering of the elastic modulus of the adhesive, as the monomer (A2), a compound (that is, a monofunctional monomer) in which the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in 1 molecule is 1 can be suitably used.

在數個態樣中,單體(A2)可使用乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基)與羥基及/或羧基之距離較長的單體。藉此,在上述羥基及/或羧基用於交聯反應之態樣中,可容易獲得柔軟性高之交聯結構。例如,可將構成連結上述乙烯性不飽和基與羥基及/或羧基之鏈(連結鏈)的原子(典型上為碳原子或氧原子)之數量為3以上(例如4以上、5以上、6以上、7以上、8以上、9以上、10以上、11以上、12以上、13以上、14以上、15以上、16以上、17以上、18以上或19以上)的化合物作為單體(A2)使用。上述連結鏈構成原子數的上限例如為45以下,亦可為20以下(例如19以下、18以下、17以下、16以下、15以下、14以下、13以下、12以下、11以下、10以下、9以下或8以下)。此外,連結上述乙烯性不飽和基與羥基及/或羧基之連結鏈構成原子數,係指從乙烯性不飽和基到達羥基或羧基所需之最小原子之數量。例如,上述連結鏈由直鏈伸烷基(即-(CH 2) n-基)構成時,n之數量便成為上述連結鏈構成原子數。又例如,上述連結鏈為氧伸乙基(即-(C 2H 4O) n-基)時,構成氧伸乙基之碳原子數2與氧原子數1之和3與n之積(3n)便成為上述連結鏈構成原子數。作為所述單體(A2),可使用在上述乙烯性不飽和基與上述羥基及/或羧基之間具有至少1個-例如-(CH 2) n-所示之伸烷基單元、或-(C mH 2mO)-所示之氧伸烷基單元(例如前述式中之m為2的氧伸乙基單元、前述式中之m為3的氧伸丙基單元、前述式中之m為4的氧伸丁基單元)者,但無特別限定。上述伸烷基單元或氧伸烷基單元之數量無特別限定,亦可為1以上(例如1~15或1~10或2~6或2~4)。又,表示上述伸烷基單元之式中之n例如為1~10之整數,可為2以上,可為3以上,亦可為4以上,且可為6以下,亦可為5以下。表示上述氧伸烷基單元之式中之m為2以上之整數,例如為2~4之整數。單體(A2)可為除上述乙烯性不飽和基、羥基及/或羧基、伸烷基單元及/或氧伸烷基單元外,還包含酯鍵或醚鍵、硫醚鍵、芳香環、脂肪族環、雜環(例如包含氮原子(N)或氧原子(O)、硫原子(S)之環)者。又,上述伸烷基單元或氧伸烷基單元亦可具有取代基。 In several aspects, the monomer (A2) can use a monomer having a long distance between an ethylenically unsaturated group (for example, (meth)acryl group) and a hydroxyl group and/or a carboxyl group. Thereby, in the aspect in which the above-mentioned hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group are used for the crosslinking reaction, a highly flexible crosslinked structure can be easily obtained. For example, the number of atoms (typically carbon atoms or oxygen atoms) constituting the chain (connecting chain) linking the ethylenically unsaturated group with the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group can be 3 or more (for example, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more). or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, or 19 or more) are used as monomers (A2) . The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the linking chain is, for example, 45 or less, and may be 20 or less (for example, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less or 8 or less). In addition, the number of atoms constituting the chain linking the ethylenically unsaturated group with the hydroxyl group and/or carboxyl group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach the hydroxyl group or carboxyl group from the ethylenically unsaturated group. For example, when the above-mentioned connecting chain is composed of straight-chain alkylene (ie -(CH 2 ) n -group), the number of n becomes the number of atoms constituting the above-mentioned connecting chain. For another example, when the above-mentioned linking chain is an oxyethylene group (i.e. -(C 2 H 4 O) n -group), the product of the sum of 2 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen atom constituting the oxyethylene group and the product of n ( 3n) becomes the number of atoms constituting the above-mentioned connecting chain. As the monomer (A2), there can be used an alkylene unit having at least one - for example - (CH 2 ) n - between the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated group and the above-mentioned hydroxyl and/or carboxyl group, or - (C m H 2m O)-The oxyalkylene unit shown (for example, the oxyethylene unit in which m is 2 in the aforementioned formula, the oxypropylene unit in which m is 3 in the aforementioned formula, the oxypropylene unit in the aforementioned formula m is an oxybutylene unit of 4), but is not particularly limited. The number of the above-mentioned alkylene units or oxyalkylene units is not particularly limited, and may be more than 1 (for example, 1-15 or 1-10 or 2-6 or 2-4). In addition, n in the formula representing the above-mentioned alkylene unit is, for example, an integer of 1 to 10, and may be 2 or more, 3 or more, or 4 or more, and may be 6 or less, or 5 or less. In the formula representing the above-mentioned oxyalkylene unit, m is an integer of 2 or more, for example, an integer of 2-4. The monomer (A2) may contain ester bond or ether bond, thioether bond, aromatic ring, Aliphatic rings, heterocyclic rings (such as rings containing nitrogen atoms (N), oxygen atoms (O), and sulfur atoms (S)). Moreover, the above-mentioned alkylene unit or oxyalkylene unit may have a substituent.

含羥基單體之例可舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥月桂酯、(4-羥甲基環己基)甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯,惟不受該等限定。可適宜使用之含羥基單體之例可舉丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(Tg:-40℃)及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(Tg:-15℃)。由提升在室溫區域下之柔軟性之觀點來看,以Tg更低之丙烯酸4-羥丁酯較佳。又,在使用(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯作為含羥基單體且將該羥基利用於交聯反應之態樣中,由獲得柔軟性高之交聯結構之觀點來看,宜使用上述(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯中之羥烷基之碳數多之單體,宜使用例如上述羥烷基之碳數為3以上(例如3~12,宜為4~10)之(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯(例如丙烯酸4-羥丁酯)。在理想之一態樣中,單體(A2)之50重量%以上(例如大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%)可為丙烯酸4-羥丁酯。含羥基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers include: 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate Hexyl ester, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (methyl) ) acrylates and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates, subject to such limitations. Examples of hydroxyl-containing monomers that can be suitably used include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility at room temperature, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate with a lower Tg is preferable. Also, in the aspect of using hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate as a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and utilizing the hydroxyl group in a crosslinking reaction, it is preferable to use the above ( The monomer with more carbon atoms in the hydroxyalkyl group in the meth)acrylate hydroxyalkyl ester is preferably a (methyl hydroxyalkyl group) whose carbon number is 3 or more (for example, 3~12, preferably 4~10). ) hydroxyalkyl acrylates (eg 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate). In an ideal aspect, more than 50% by weight (for example more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight or more than 85% by weight) of the monomer (A2) can be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

在使用含羥基單體作為單體(A2)之數個態樣中,上述含羥基單體可為選自不具甲基丙烯醯基之化合物中之1種或2種以上。不具甲基丙烯醯基之含羥基單體的適宜例可舉上述各種丙烯酸羥烷基酯。例如,以作為單體(A2)使用之含羥基單體中大於50重量%、大於70重量%或大於85重量%為丙烯酸羥烷基酯為佳。藉由使用丙烯酸羥烷基酯,可將有助於提供交聯點或賦予適度凝集性的羥基導入丙烯酸系聚合物,且相較於僅使用對應之甲基丙烯酸羥烷基之情況更容易獲得在室溫區域下之柔軟性或黏著性佳的黏著劑。In some aspects of using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer as the monomer (A2), the above-mentioned hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be one or two or more types selected from compounds having no methacryl group. Suitable examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer having no methacryl group include the above-mentioned various hydroxyalkyl acrylates. For example, more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl-containing monomer used as the monomer (A2) is preferably hydroxyalkyl acrylate. By using hydroxyalkyl acrylate, hydroxyl groups that contribute to providing crosslinking points or imparting moderate aggregation can be introduced into acrylic polymers, and can be obtained more easily than the case of using only the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylate Adhesives with good flexibility or adhesion at room temperature.

含羧基單體之例除(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羧乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羧戊酯等丙烯酸系單體外,還可舉伊康酸、馬來酸、延胡索酸、巴豆酸及異巴豆酸等,惟不受該等限定。可適宜使用之含羧基單體之例可舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸。又,在數個態樣中,由降低黏著劑之彈性模數之觀點來看,含羧基單體例如宜使用下述式(1)所示之化合物。 CH 2=CR 1-COO-R 2-OCO-R 3-COOH     (1) 在此,上述式(1)中之R 1為氫或甲基。R 2及R 3為2價連結基(具體上為碳原子數1~20(例如2~10,宜為2~5)之有機基),可彼此相同亦可互異。上述式(1)中之R 2及R 3例如可為2價脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基、脂環族烴基。例如,上述R 2及R 3可為碳原子數2~5之伸烷基。上述式(1)所示之含羧基單體之具體例可列舉例如:2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-2-羥乙基-酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基六氫酞酸氫酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酞酸氫酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基四氫酞酸氫酯等。含羧基單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用含羥基單體與含羧基單體。 Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers include itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, Crotonic acid and isocrotonic acid, etc., but not limited thereto. Examples of carboxyl group-containing monomers that can be suitably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Moreover, in several aspects, it is preferable to use the compound represented by following formula (1) as a carboxyl group containing monomer from a viewpoint of reducing the elastic modulus of an adhesive agent, for example. CH 2 =CR 1 -COO-R 2 -OCO-R 3 -COOH (1) Here, R 1 in the above formula (1) is hydrogen or methyl. R 2 and R 3 are divalent linking groups (specifically, organic groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5)), which may be the same as or different from each other. R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (1) may be, for example, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. For example, the above R 2 and R 3 may be an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer represented by the above formula (1) include, for example: 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-phthalein acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethyl-phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl-succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxy Propyl hexahydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl hydrogen phthalate, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl tetrahydrohydrogen phthalate, and the like. A carboxyl group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxyl group-containing monomer can also be used together.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A2)之含量無特別限制,可按目的設定。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量例如可為0.01重量%以上、0.1重量%以上或0.5重量%以上。由獲得更高之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量宜設為1重量%以上,可設為2重量%以上,亦可設為4重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(A2)之含量的上限係設定成與單體(A1)之含量的合計不超過100重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A2)之含量例如設為30重量%以下或25重量%以下是適當的,而由使單體(A1)之含量相對較多而容易高折射率化之觀點來看,宜設為20重量%以下,較宜設為15重量%以下,可小於12重量%,可小於10重量%,亦可小於7重量%。在數個理想態樣中,由使黏著劑低彈性模數化之觀點來看,上述單體(A2)之含量小於5重量%,較宜小於3重量%,亦可為1.5重量%以下。The content of the monomer (A2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect, in some aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) is preferably 1% by weight or more, may be 2% by weight or more, or may be 4% by weight above. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (A2) in the monomer component is set so that the total of the content of the monomer (A1) does not exceed 100% by weight. In several aspects, it is appropriate to set the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) to be, for example, 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less, and it is easy to increase the refractive index by making the content of the monomer (A1) relatively large From this point of view, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, or may be less than 7% by weight. In several desirable aspects, from the viewpoint of lowering the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A2) is less than 5% by weight, preferably less than 3% by weight, or less than 1.5% by weight.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)與單體(A2)之合計含量例如可為31重量%以上,宜為51重量%以上,可為61重量%以上,亦可為71重量%以上。在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之單體(A1)與單體(A2)之合計含量由容易適宜發揮該等單體之效果之觀點來看,例如可為76重量%以上,宜為81重量%以上,可為86重量%以上,可為91重量%以上,可為96重量%以上,可為99重量%以上,亦可實質上為100重量%。The total content of the monomer (A1) and the monomer (A2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 31% by weight or more, preferably 51% by weight or more, may be 61% by weight or more, or may be More than 71% by weight. In some aspects, the total content of the monomer (A1) and the monomer (A2) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 76% by weight or more, preferably 81% by weight or more, may be 86% by weight or more, may be 91% by weight or more, may be 96% by weight or more, may be 99% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.

(單體A3) 在數個理想態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除上述單體(A1)外,可更含有(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(以下亦稱「單體(A3)」)。單體(A3)可有助於降低黏著劑之彈性模數。且,還可有助於改善添加劑在黏著劑內之相溶性或接著力等之黏著特性。單體(A3)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Single A3) In several desirable aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (A3)") in addition to the aforementioned monomer (A1). Monomer (A3) can help reduce the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive. In addition, it can also help to improve the compatibility of additives in the adhesive or adhesive properties such as adhesive force. A monomer (A3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體(A3)可適宜使用於酯末端具有碳原子數1~20之(即C 1-20之)直鏈或支鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之具體例可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十酯等,惟不受該等限定。 The monomer (A3) can be suitably used as an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group with 1-20 carbon atoms (ie C 1-20 ) at the end of the ester. Specific examples of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) isopentyl acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate , nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, ten (meth)acrylate Diester, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) octadecyl acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc., but not limited thereto.

在數個態樣中,單體(A3)之至少一部分可適宜採用均聚物之Tg為-20℃以下(較宜為-40℃以下,例如-50℃以下)之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。所述低Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可有助於提升黏著劑之低彈性模數化。且,還可有助於改善接著力等之黏著特性。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之Tg的下限無特別限制,例如可為-85℃以上,可為-75℃以上,可為-65℃以上,亦可為-60℃以上。上述低Tg(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之具體例可舉丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)、丙烯酸庚酯、丙烯酸辛酯、丙烯酸異壬酯(iNA)等。在其他數個態樣中,單體(A3)之至少一部分可採用均聚物之Tg高於-20℃(例如-10℃以上)之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之Tg的上限例如為10℃以下,可為5℃以下,亦可為0℃以下。具有該範圍之Tg的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可有助於調整黏著劑之彈性模數。具有上述Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯宜與上述低Tg(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯併用,但無特別限定。具有上述Tg之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的具體例可舉丙烯酸月桂酯(LA)。In several aspects, at least a part of the monomer (A3) can suitably be a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl having a Tg of a homopolymer of -20°C or lower (preferably -40°C or lower, for example -50°C or lower). base ester. The low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate can help improve the low elastic modulus of the adhesive. In addition, it can also contribute to the improvement of adhesive properties such as adhesive force. The lower limit of the Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher. Specific examples of the aforementioned low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, and isononyl acrylate (iNA). wait. In several other aspects, at least a part of the monomer (A3) may be an alkyl (meth)acrylate whose homopolymer Tg is higher than -20°C (for example, -10°C or higher). The upper limit of Tg of the said alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 10 degreeC or less, may be 5 degreeC or less, and may be 0 degreeC or less. Alkyl (meth)acrylates having a Tg in this range can help adjust the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive. The alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned Tg is preferably used together with the above-mentioned low-Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate, but it is not particularly limited. Lauryl acrylate (LA) is mentioned as a specific example of the alkyl (meth)acrylate which has the said Tg.

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,宜使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯作為單體(A3)。其中,較宜使用丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯,有容易實現降低黏著劑之彈性模數、且可容易獲得良好黏著特性(接著力等)的傾向。在使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯作為單體(A3)之態樣中,單體成分中所含之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-8烷基酯之比率為30重量%以上是適當的,宜為50重量%以上,較宜為70重量%以上,更宜為90重量%以上,亦可實質上為100重量%。 Among the aspects of using the monomer (A3), it is preferable to use a C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the monomer (A3). Among them, C 4-8 alkyl acrylate is preferably used. The C4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. By using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate, it tends to be easy to lower the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive and obtain good adhesive properties (adhesive force, etc.). In the aspect of using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the monomer (A3), the C 4-8 (meth)acrylic acid in the alkyl (meth)acrylate contained in the monomer component The ratio of the alkyl ester is suitably 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,可適宜使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯作為單體(A3)。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯,可調節各溫度區域之儲存彈性模數。例如將高溫區域之儲存彈性模數設定成相對較高,可抑制低溫區域與高溫區域之儲存彈性模數差變大。且,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯有與單體(A1)之共聚性亦優異之傾向。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯宜為丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯,較宜為丙烯酸C 2-6烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 4-6烷基酯。在其他數個態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯,較宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之適宜例可舉BA。 Among the several aspects of using the monomer (A3), C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be suitably used as the monomer (A3). By using C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate, the storage modulus of elasticity in each temperature region can be adjusted. For example, setting the storage elastic modulus in the high temperature region to be relatively high can suppress the difference between the storage elastic modulus in the low temperature region and the high temperature region from increasing. In addition, C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to be excellent in copolymerizability with the monomer (A1). C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 4-6 alkyl acrylate. In several other aspects, C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate , more preferably C 2-4 alkyl acrylate. A suitable example of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate includes BA.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由低彈性模數化、接著力等之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量可為10重量%以上,可為15重量%以上,可為20重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上(例如30重量%以上)。單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量的上限例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,由維持高折射率之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之含量例如為24重量%以下,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-6烷基酯之態樣下仍可實施。 In the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. In some aspects, the content of the above-mentioned C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, and may be 15% by weight or more from the viewpoint of lowering the modulus of elasticity and adhesive force. , may be 20% by weight or more, or may be 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more). The upper limit of the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, or less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the above-mentioned C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight %, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 7% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, or may be less than 1% by weight. The technique disclosed here can be carried out even without substantially using C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate.

在使用單體(A3)之其他數個態樣中,可適宜使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯作為單體(A3)。藉由使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯,可適宜降低儲存彈性模數。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯宜為丙烯酸C 7-10烷基酯,較宜為丙烯酸C 7-9烷基酯,更宜為丙烯酸C 8烷基酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之例可舉2EHA、iNA、LA,適宜例可舉2EHA。 Among other several aspects of using the monomer (A3), C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate can be suitably used as the monomer (A3). By using C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, the storage elastic modulus can be suitably reduced. C7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 7-10 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 7-9 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 8 alkyl acrylate. Examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2EHA, iNA, and LA, and suitable examples include 2EHA.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。在數個態樣中,由低彈性模數化、接著力等之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量可為10重量%以上,可為15重量%以上,可為20重量%以上,亦可為25重量%以上(例如30重量%以上)。單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量的上限例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,由維持高折射率之觀點來看,上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之含量例如為24重量%以下,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯之態樣下仍可實施。 In the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, the content of the C7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, and may be 15% by weight or more from the viewpoint of low elastic modulus and adhesive force. , may be 20% by weight or more, or may be 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more). The upper limit of the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, or less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the above-mentioned C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight %, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 7% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, or may be less than 1% by weight. The technique disclosed here can be carried out even without substantially using the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate.

在使用單體(A3)之數個態樣中,由低彈性模數化之觀點來看,上述單體(A3)之至少一部分宜為丙烯酸烷基酯。丙烯酸烷基酯之使用在接著力等之黏著特性方面來看亦有利。例如,單體(A3)中50重量%以上宜為丙烯酸烷基酯,單體(A3)中之丙烯酸烷基酯之比率較宜為75重量%以上,更宜為90重量%以上,單體(A3)亦可實質上100重量%為丙烯酸烷基酯。亦可為僅使用1種或2種以上丙烯酸烷基酯作為單體(A3)且不使用甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之態樣。Among the aspects using the monomer (A3), at least a part of the monomer (A3) is preferably an alkyl acrylate from the viewpoint of lowering the modulus of elasticity. The use of alkyl acrylate is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive force. For example, more than 50% by weight of the monomer (A3) is preferably an alkyl acrylate, and the ratio of the alkyl acrylate in the monomer (A3) is preferably more than 75% by weight, more preferably more than 90% by weight. (A3) may be substantially 100 weight% of an alkyl acrylate. An aspect in which only one or more alkyl acrylates are used as the monomer (A3) and no alkyl methacrylates are used may also be used.

在單體成分包含單體(A3)((甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯)之態樣中,單體成分中之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量可設定成可適當發揮其使用效果。在數個態樣中,上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之含量例如可為1重量%以上,可為3重量%以上,可為5重量%以上,亦可為8重量%以上。單體成分中之單體(A3)之含量的上限係設定成與單體(A1)、(A2)之含量的合計不超過100重量%,例如小於50重量%,亦可小於35重量%。在數個態樣中,上述單體(A3)之含量例如可為24重量%以下。一般而言,(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之折射率較低,因此為了高折射率化,限制單體成分中之單體(A3)之含量,使單體(A1)之含量相對較多是有利的。由所述觀點來看,單體(A3)之含量小於單體成分之23重量%是適當的,宜小於20重量%,較宜小於17重量%,可小於12重量%,可小於7重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%。在此揭示之技術即便在實質上不使用單體(A3)之態樣下仍可適宜實施。In the aspect in which the monomer component contains the monomer (A3) (alkyl (meth)acrylate), the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the use effect can be exhibited suitably. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (A3) in the monomer component is set so that the sum of the content of the monomers (A1) and (A2) does not exceed 100% by weight, for example, less than 50% by weight, or less than 35% by weight. In several aspects, the content of the above-mentioned monomer (A3) may be, for example, 24% by weight or less. Generally speaking, the refractive index of alkyl (meth)acrylate is low, so in order to increase the refractive index, the content of monomer (A3) in the monomer component is limited, so that the content of monomer (A1) is relatively large is advantageous. From the above point of view, the content of the monomer (A3) is suitable to be less than 23% by weight of the monomer components, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 7% by weight , may be less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight. The technique disclosed here can be implemented suitably also in the aspect which does not use a monomer (A3) substantially.

(其他單體) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分亦可視需求包含有上述單體(A1)、(A2)、(A3)以外之單體(以下稱作「其他單體」)。上述其他單體例如可為了調整丙烯酸系聚合物之Tg、調整黏著性能、改善在黏著劑層內之相溶性等來使用。上述其他單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (other monomers) The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may optionally contain monomers other than the aforementioned monomers (A1), (A2), and (A3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"). The above-mentioned other monomers can be used, for example, to adjust Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjust adhesive performance, improve compatibility in the adhesive layer, and the like. These other monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述其他單體之例可舉具有羥基及羧基以外之官能基的單體(含官能基單體)。例如,可使黏著劑之凝集力或耐熱性提升之其他單體可舉含磺酸基單體、含磷酸基單體、含氰基單體等。又,作為可於丙烯酸系聚合物中導入可成為交聯基點之官能基、或是可有助於提升與被黏著體之密著力或改善在黏著劑內之相溶性的單體,可列舉:含醯胺基單體(例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等)、含胺基單體(例如胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N,N-二甲基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)、具有含氮原子環之單體(例如N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎福林等)、含醯亞胺基單體、含環氧基單體、含酮基單體、含異氰酸酯基單體、含烷氧矽基單體等。此外,具有含氮原子環之單體中有例如像N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮般亦相當於含醯胺基單體之物。關於上述具有含氮原子環之單體與含胺基單體之關係亦同。Examples of the above-mentioned other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups (functional group-containing monomers). For example, other monomers that can improve the cohesive force or heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, and the like. In addition, examples of monomers that can introduce functional groups that can serve as crosslinking sites into acrylic polymers, or that can contribute to improving the adhesion with an adherend or improve compatibility in adhesives include: Amide-containing monomers (such as (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amine-containing monomers (such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), monomers with nitrogen atom rings (such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylmoephrine etc.), imide-containing monomers, epoxy-containing monomers, ketone-containing monomers, isocyanate-containing monomers, alkoxysilyl-containing monomers, etc. In addition, monomers having nitrogen atom rings, such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, also correspond to amide group-containing monomers. The same applies to the relationship between the above-mentioned monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the amino group-containing monomer.

上述含官能基單體以外可使用之其他單體可列舉:乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯酯系單體;(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯等含非芳香族性環(甲基)丙烯酸酯;乙烯、丁二烯、異丁烯等烯烴系單體;氯乙烯等含氯單體;甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基乙氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含烷氧基單體;甲基乙烯基醚等乙烯基醚系單體等。可在提升黏著劑之柔軟性等目的下使用之其他單體的一適宜例可舉乙氧基乙氧基乙基丙烯酸酯(別名:乙基卡必醇丙烯酸酯,均聚物之Tg:-67℃)。Other monomers that can be used other than the above-mentioned functional group-containing monomers include: vinyl ester-based monomers such as vinyl acetate; cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isocamphoryl (meth)acrylate, etc. (Meth)acrylate; Olefin-based monomers such as ethylene, butadiene, and isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid Alkoxy-containing monomers such as esters, ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; vinyl ether-based monomers such as methyl vinyl ether, etc. A suitable example of other monomers that can be used for the purpose of improving the flexibility of the adhesive is ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (alias: ethyl carbitol acrylate, Tg of homopolymer:- 67°C).

使用上述其他單體時,其使用量無特別限制,可在單體成分之合計量不超過100重量%之範圍內適當設定。由容易發揮使用單體(A1)所得之折射率提升效果之觀點來看,單體成分中之上述其他單體之含量可設為例如大約35重量%以下,設為大約25重量%以下(例如0~25重量%)是適當的,可大約20重量%以下(例如0~20重量%),設為大約10重量%以下(例如0~10重量%)是有利的,宜為大約5重量%以下,例如為大約1重量%以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在單體成分實質上不含上述其他單體之態樣下實施。When using the above-mentioned other monomers, the usage amount is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within the range where the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. From the viewpoint of making it easier to exhibit the effect of increasing the refractive index obtained by using the monomer (A1), the content of the above-mentioned other monomers in the monomer component can be set to, for example, about 35% by weight or less, or about 25% by weight or less (for example, 0~25% by weight) is appropriate, but about 20% by weight or less (for example, 0~20% by weight), it is advantageous to set it as about 10% by weight or less (for example, 0~10% by weight), preferably about 5% by weight Below, for example, about 1% by weight or less. The technique disclosed here can be preferably carried out in a state where the monomer component does not substantially contain the above-mentioned other monomers.

在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可為含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量經抑制在預定以下之組成。單體成分中之含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量例如可小於5重量%,可小於3重量%,可小於1重量%,亦可小於0.5重量%。如所述限制含甲基丙烯醯基單體之使用量一事,由實現平衡兼顧柔軟性或黏著性與高折射率之黏著劑之觀點來看是有利的。構成丙烯酸系聚合物的單體成分亦可為不含含甲基丙烯醯基單體之組成(例如僅由含丙烯醯基單體構成之組成)。In several aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be a composition in which the amount of the methacryl group-containing monomer used is suppressed to a predetermined value or less. The amount of the methacryl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. Limiting the usage amount of the methacryl group-containing monomer as mentioned above is advantageous from the viewpoint of achieving a balance between flexibility and adhesiveness and a high refractive index of the adhesive. The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may also be a composition that does not contain a methacryl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition composed only of an acryl group-containing monomer).

在數個態樣中,由抑制黏著劑之著色或變色(例如黃變)之觀點來看,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中含羧基單體之使用量業經限制。單體成分中之含羧基單體之使用量例如可小於1重量%,可小於0.5重量%,可小於0.3重量%,可小於0.1重量%,亦可小於0.05重量%。如所述含羧基單體之使用量被限制一事,由抑制可接觸或與在此揭示之黏著劑鄰近配置的金屬材料(例如可存在於被黏著體上之金屬配線或金屬膜等)之腐蝕之觀點來看亦有利。在此揭示之技術可在構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分不含含羧基單體之態樣下實施。 基於同樣理由,在數個態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中具有酸性官能基(除羧基以外,還包含磺酸基、磷酸基等)之單體之使用量宜業經限制。所述態樣之單體成分中之含酸性官能基單體之使用量可應用上述含羧基單體之理想使用量。在此揭示之技術可適宜在上述單體成分不含含酸性基單體之態樣(亦即丙烯酸系聚合物為無酸之態樣)下實施。 In several aspects, the usage amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer is limited from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or discoloration (eg, yellowing) of the adhesive. The usage amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, or less than 0.05% by weight. If the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used is limited, the corrosion of metal materials (such as metal wiring or metal films that may exist on the adherend) that can be contacted or disposed adjacent to the adhesive disclosed herein can be suppressed. It is also beneficial from this point of view. The technique disclosed here can be carried out in a state where the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer does not contain a carboxyl group-containing monomer. For the same reason, in several aspects, the amount of monomers having acidic functional groups (including sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, etc. in addition to carboxyl groups) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer should be limited. The usage amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the above-mentioned aspect can be applied to the ideal usage amount of the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer. The technique disclosed here can be suitably implemented in a state in which the above-mentioned monomer components do not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, in a state in which the acrylic polymer is acid-free).

(玻璃轉移溫度Tg T) 構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分宜具有根據該單體成分之組成的玻璃轉移溫度Tg T大約成為15℃以下之組成。在數個態樣中,上述玻璃轉移溫度Tg T宜為10℃以下,較宜為5℃以下,更宜為1℃以下,亦可為0℃以下。在其他數個態樣中,上述玻璃轉移溫度Tg T可為-10℃以下,可為-20℃以下,可為-25℃以下,可為-30℃以下,亦可為-35℃以下。由黏著劑之低彈性模數化之觀點來看,玻璃轉移溫度Tg T低是有利的。又,玻璃轉移溫度Tg T例如可為-60℃以上,而由容易進行黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,宜為-50℃以上,較宜高於-45℃,亦可高於-40℃。在數個理想態樣中,上述玻璃轉移溫度Tg T可高於-30℃,可高於-20℃,可高於-10℃,亦可為-5℃以上。兼顧有高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑可適宜藉由使用具有上述範圍之玻璃轉移溫度Tg T之組成的丙烯酸系聚合物來形成。 (Glass transition temperature Tg T ) The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer preferably have a composition in which the glass transition temperature Tg T of the monomer components is approximately 15°C or lower. In several aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg T is preferably below 10°C, more preferably below 5°C, more preferably below 1°C, and may also be below 0°C. In several other aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg T may be lower than -10°C, lower than -20°C, lower than -25°C, lower than -30°C, or lower than -35°C. From the viewpoint of reducing the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive, it is advantageous to have a low glass transition temperature Tg T. In addition, the glass transition temperature Tg T may be, for example, -60°C or higher, but from the viewpoint of facilitating the high refractive index of the adhesive, it is preferably -50°C or higher, more preferably higher than -45°C, or higher than -45°C. -40°C. In several ideal aspects, the above-mentioned glass transition temperature Tg T may be higher than -30°C, higher than -20°C, higher than -10°C, or higher than -5°C. An adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity can be suitably formed by using an acrylic polymer having a glass transition temperature Tg T in the above-mentioned range.

在此,玻璃轉移溫度Tg T在未特別記載的情況下,意指根據上述單體成分的組成藉由Fox式求得之玻璃轉移溫度。Fox式如以下所示,係共聚物之Tg與構成該共聚物之單體各自均聚合後之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度Tgi的關係式。 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) 在上述Fox式中,Tg表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K),Wi表示該共聚物中之單體i的重量分率(重量基準之共聚比率),Tgi表示單體i之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K)。 關於使用於Tg之計算之均聚物的玻璃轉移溫度,係使用「Polymer Handbook」(第3版,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)等公知資料中記載之值。關於上述Polymer Handbook中記載之複數種值的單體,係採用最高之值。公知資料中未記載均聚物之Tg時,係使用藉由日本專利特開2007-51271號公報中記載之測定方法所得之值。 Here, the glass transition temperature Tg T means the glass transition temperature obtained by Fox's formula from the composition of the above-mentioned monomer components unless otherwise specified. Fox's formula, as shown below, is a relationship between the Tg of the copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of the homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing the monomers constituting the copolymer. 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) In the above Fox formula, Tg represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), and Wi represents the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio based on weight ), Tgi represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer of monomer i. As for the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used in the calculation of Tg, values described in known materials such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) are used. The highest value is adopted for the individual of plural values described in the above-mentioned Polymer Handbook. When the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in the known materials, the value obtained by the measuring method described in JP-A-2007-51271 is used.

(丙烯酸系聚合物之調製方法) 在此揭示之技術中,獲得藉由如所述之單體成分構成之丙烯酸系聚合物的方法無特別限定,可適當採用溶液聚合法、乳化聚合法、整體聚合法、懸浮聚合法、光聚合法等之作為丙烯酸系聚合物之合成手法而眾所周知的各種聚合方法。例如,可適宜採用溶液聚合法。進行溶液聚合時之聚合溫度可因應使用之單體及溶劑之種類、聚合引發劑之種類等適當選擇,例如可設為20℃~170℃左右(典型上為40℃~140℃左右)。 (Preparation method of acrylic polymer) In the technique disclosed here, the method for obtaining the acrylic polymer composed of the above-mentioned monomer components is not particularly limited, and solution polymerization method, emulsion polymerization method, bulk polymerization method, suspension polymerization method, photopolymerization method can be suitably used Various polymerization methods known as synthesis methods of acrylic polymers, such as methods. For example, a solution polymerization method can be suitably used. The polymerization temperature during solution polymerization can be appropriately selected according to the type of monomers and solvents used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc., for example, it can be set at about 20°C~170°C (typically about 40°C~140°C).

溶液聚合所用溶劑(聚合溶劑)可從以往公知之有機溶劑適當選擇。例如,可使用選自下述中之任1種溶劑或2種以上之混合溶劑:甲苯等芳香族化合物類(典型上為芳香族烴類);乙酸乙酯等乙酸酯類;己烷或環己烷等脂肪族或脂環式烴類;1,2-二氯乙烷等鹵烷類;異丙醇等低級醇類(例如碳原子數1~4之一元醇類);三級丁基甲基醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮等酮類等。The solvent used for the solution polymerization (polymerization solvent) can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one solvent or a mixture of two or more solvents selected from the following can be used: aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetates such as ethyl acetate; hexane or cyclic Aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane; haloalkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropanol (such as monohydric alcohols with 1 to 4 carbon atoms); tertiary butylmethyl Ethers such as ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, etc.

聚合所用之引發劑可因應聚合方法之種類從公知之聚合引發劑適當選擇。例如可適宜使用2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)等偶氮系聚合引發劑之1種或2種以上。作為聚合引發劑之其他例可舉:過硫酸鉀等過硫酸鹽;苯甲醯基過氧化物、過氧化氫等過氧化物系引發劑;苯基取代乙烷等取代乙烷系引發劑;芳香族羰基化合物等。聚合引發劑之又其他例可舉過氧化物與還原劑組合而成之氧還系引發劑。聚合引發劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。聚合引發劑之使用量若為通常之使用量即可,例如可相對於單體成分100重量份自大約0.005~1重量份左右(典型上為大約0.01~1重量份左右)之範圍內選擇。The initiator used for the polymerization can be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators according to the type of polymerization method. For example, 1 type or 2 or more types of azo-type polymerization initiators, such as 2,2'- azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), can be used suitably. Other examples of the polymerization initiator include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; Aromatic carbonyl compounds, etc. Still another example of the polymerization initiator includes a redox initiator in which a peroxide and a reducing agent are combined. A polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The usage-amount of a polymerization initiator should just be a usual usage amount, For example, it can select from the range of about 0.005-1 weight part (typically about 0.01-1 weight part) with respect to 100 weight part of monomer components.

上述聚合中可因應需要使用以往公知之各種鏈轉移劑。例如可使用正十二基硫醇、三級十二基硫醇、氫硫乙酸、α-硫甘油等硫醇類。或者,亦可使用不含硫原子之鏈轉移劑(非硫系鏈轉移劑)。非硫系鏈轉移劑之例可舉N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等苯胺類;α-蒎烯、萜品油烯等類萜類;α-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等之苯乙烯類等。鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。使用鏈轉移劑時之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可設為大約0.01~1重量份左右。In the above-mentioned polymerization, various conventionally known chain transfer agents can be used as needed. For example, mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, tertiary dodecylmercaptan, hydrothioacetic acid, and α-thioglycerol can be used. Alternatively, chain transfer agents containing no sulfur atoms (non-sulfur-based chain transfer agents) can also be used. Examples of non-sulfur-based chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylbenzene Styrenes such as ethylene, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc. A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When using a chain transfer agent, the usage-amount can be about 0.01-1 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of monomer components, for example.

上述丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)無特別限定,例如為大約30×10 4以上,為大約50×10 4以上是適當的,可為大約70×10 4以上,亦可為大約80×10 4以上。藉由使用Mw為預定值以上之丙烯酸系聚合物,可容易獲得可發揮所期望之黏著特性的適度凝集力。又,可含有更多塑化劑等添加劑,而有容易實現所期望之彈性模數的傾向。又,丙烯酸系聚合物之Mw的上限例如為大約500×10 4以下,而由黏著性能之觀點來看,宜在大約400×10 4以下(較宜在大約150×10 4以下,例如大約130×10 4以下)之範圍內。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, for example, it is about 30×10 4 or more, preferably about 50×10 4 or more, about 70×10 4 or more, or about 80 ×10 4 or more. By using the acrylic polymer whose Mw is more than a predetermined value, it becomes easy to obtain the moderate cohesive force which can exhibit the desired adhesive characteristic. Moreover, additives, such as a plasticizer, can be contained more, and it exists in the tendency which becomes easy to realize a desired elastic modulus. Also, the upper limit of the Mw of the acrylic polymer is, for example, about 500×10 4 or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesive performance, it is preferably about 400×10 4 or less (preferably about 150×10 4 or less, for example, about 130 ×10 4 or less).

在此,丙烯酸系聚合物之Mw可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)換算成聚苯乙烯而求得。具體上,可使用商品名「HLC-8220GPC」(Tosoh公司製)作為GPC測定裝置,以下述條件測定來求得。 [GPC之測定條件] 試樣濃度:0.2重量%(四氫呋喃溶液) 試樣注入量:10µL 溶析液:四氫呋喃(THF) 流量(流速):0.6mL/分鐘 管柱溫度(測定溫度):40℃ 管柱: 試樣管柱:商品名「TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H」1支+商品名「TSKgel SuperHZM-H」2支」(Tosoh公司製) 參考管柱:商品名「TSKgel SuperH-RC」1支(Tosoh公司製) 檢測器:示差折射計(RI) 標準試料:聚苯乙烯 Here, the Mw of the acrylic polymer can be obtained by converting it into polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, it can be obtained by using the product name "HLC-8220GPC" (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) as a GPC measuring device, and measuring under the following conditions. [Measurement conditions of GPC] Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (tetrahydrofuran solution) Sample injection volume: 10µL Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Flow rate (flow rate): 0.6mL/min Column temperature (measurement temperature): 40°C String: Sample column: 1 piece of product name "TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H" + 2 pieces of product name "TSKgel SuperHZM-H" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Reference column: 1 piece of product name "TSKgel SuperH-RC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI) Standard sample: polystyrene

(塑化劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物之特徵在於除丙烯酸系聚合物外還含有塑化劑。藉由使用塑化劑,可降低黏著劑之彈性模數。又,在成形為黏著片之形態中,可提升柔軟性或對變形之順應性。在此揭示之塑化劑可使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的環狀不飽和有機化合物。上述塑化劑換言之係於1分子中具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的化合物。因此,上述塑化劑至少具有第1含雙鍵之環與第2含雙鍵之環。藉由具有2個以上含雙鍵之環,可無損黏著劑之折射率、或維持折射率的同時還可有助於黏著劑之低彈性模數化。由發揮塑化效果之觀點來看,上述塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環之數量宜為6以下,可為4以下,亦可為3以下。塑化劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Plasticizer) The adhesive composition disclosed herein is characterized by containing a plasticizer in addition to the acrylic polymer. By using a plasticizer, the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive can be reduced. In addition, in the form of an adhesive sheet, flexibility or compliance to deformation can be improved. As the plasticizer disclosed here, a cyclic unsaturated organic compound having two or more double bond-containing rings can be used. In other words, the plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule. Therefore, the plasticizer has at least a first double bond-containing ring and a second double bond-containing ring. By having two or more double bond-containing rings, it is possible to contribute to lowering the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive without impairing the refractive index of the adhesive or maintaining the refractive index. From the viewpoint of exhibiting the plasticizing effect, the number of double bond-containing rings contained in the plasticizer is preferably 6 or less, may be 4 or less, and may be 3 or less. A plasticizer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

又,在此揭示之技術中所使用之塑化劑係在30℃下為液態之化合物。此外,在本說明書中,「液態」意指流動性,以物質之狀態來說係指液體。該化合物包含熔點在30℃以下之化合物。上述塑化劑在30℃下為液態,藉此可適宜發揮塑化效果,而可有效實現黏著劑之低彈性模數化。上述塑化劑宜為在25℃下為液態之化合物,較宜為在20℃下為液態之化合物。藉由使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物作為上述塑化劑,可形成兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑。Also, the plasticizer used in the technique disclosed here is a compound that is liquid at 30°C. In addition, in this specification, "liquid state" means fluidity, and means liquid in terms of the state of matter. The compounds include those having a melting point below 30°C. The above-mentioned plasticizer is in a liquid state at 30° C., so that the plasticizing effect can be properly exerted, and the low elastic modulus of the adhesive can be effectively realized. The above-mentioned plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 25°C, more preferably a compound that is liquid at 20°C. By using a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and being liquid at 30° C. as the plasticizer, an adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity can be formed.

在此揭示之塑化劑具有之含雙鍵之環可為含共軛雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環),亦可為含非共軛雙鍵之環中之任一者。上述塑化劑可為具有選自芳香環及雜環(heterocycle)中之至少1種環作為含雙鍵之環者。此外,上述雜環可為具有包含於芳香環之結構者,亦可為具有與芳香環不同之含雙鍵之雜環結構者。塑化劑可具有之含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)可為苯環(可為構成聯苯結構或茀結構之一部分的苯環);萘環、茚環、薁環、蒽環、菲環之縮合環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含之雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。塑化劑例如亦可如二萘并噻吩結構般,具有1或2個以上碳環與1或2個以上雜環已進行縮合之結構。The double bond-containing ring contained in the plasticizer disclosed here may be either a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. The plasticizer may have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocycle (heterocycle) as a double bond-containing ring. In addition, the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a heterocyclic structure having a double bond different from the aromatic ring. The double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) that the plasticizer can have can be a benzene ring (it can be a benzene ring that constitutes a part of a biphenyl structure or a fennel structure); a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, an anthracene ring , condensed ring of phenanthrene ring and other carbocyclic rings; it can also be pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, pyrrole ring, tri-pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxazole ring, Heterocycles such as isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, and thiophene ring. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituting atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more kinds selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In several aspects, the above-mentioned heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The plasticizer may have, for example, a structure in which one or more carbocyclic rings and one or more heterocyclic rings are condensed, like the dinaphthothiophene structure.

上述含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環,宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述含雙鍵之環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環,或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基、乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯氧基)、羥基及羥烷基所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。取代基可適宜使用烷基、烷氧基、羥烷基。The aforementioned double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have 1, 2 or more substituents on ring constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. When there is a substituent, the substituent can be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyl group Oxygen, etc., but not limited thereto. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the above-mentioned double bond-containing ring may be an aromatic ring having no substituents on the ring constituting atoms, or may have an aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, and ethylenic groups on the ring constituting atoms. An aromatic ring with 1 or more substituents in the group consisting of an unsaturated group (such as (meth)acryloyloxy group), hydroxyl group and hydroxyalkyl group. As a substituent, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxyalkyl group can be used suitably.

在數個態樣中,可適宜採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之化合物作為塑化劑。藉此,可抑制黏著劑組成物因熱或光而變質(凝膠化之進行或黏度上升造成調平性降低),提高保存穩定性。採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之塑化劑一事,由在具有包含該塑化劑之黏著劑層的黏著片中,抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成彈性模數之變化、尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。In several aspects, compounds without ethylenically unsaturated groups may be suitably used as plasticizers. Thereby, deterioration of the adhesive composition due to heat or light (progress of gelation or decrease in leveling property due to increase in viscosity) can be suppressed, and storage stability can be improved. The use of a plasticizer without an ethylenically unsaturated group is to suppress the change in elastic modulus, dimensional change or It is also preferable from the viewpoint of deformation (warping, undulation, etc.), occurrence of optical strain, and the like.

塑化劑可適宜使用折射率大約為1.50以上之高折射率塑化劑。藉由使用高折射率塑化劑,可以更高水準兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數。由低彈性模數化的同時還維持、提升黏著劑之折射率之觀點來看,塑化劑之折射率宜為大約1.51以上,較宜為大約1.53以上,更宜為大約1.55以上,可為大約1.56以上,可為大約1.58以上,可為大約1.60以上,亦可為大約1.62以上。在數個態樣中,由黏著劑組成物之調製容易性或在黏著劑內之相溶性等觀點來看,塑化劑之折射率為2.50以下是適當的,為2.00以下是有利的,可為1.90以下,可為1.80以下,亦可為1.70以下。 此外,塑化劑之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 As the plasticizer, a high-refractive-index plasticizer with a refractive index of about 1.50 or higher can be suitably used. By using a high refractive index plasticizer, a higher level of high refractive index and low elastic modulus can be achieved. From the point of view of maintaining and increasing the refractive index of the adhesive while reducing the elastic modulus, the refractive index of the plasticizer is preferably about 1.51 or more, more preferably about 1.53 or more, and more preferably about 1.55 or more. About 1.56 or more, about 1.58 or more, about 1.60 or more, or about 1.62 or more. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of the ease of preparation of the adhesive composition and the compatibility in the adhesive, the refractive index of the plasticizer is suitable to be 2.50 or less, and is advantageous to be 2.00 or less. It may be 1.90 or less, may be 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less. In addition, the refractive index of the plasticizer was measured on conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. using an Abbe refractometer similarly to the refractive index of a monomer. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C. provided from a manufacturer or the like, the nominal value may be adopted.

塑化劑之分子量無特別限定,通常係使用分子量較上述丙烯酸系聚合物更小者。由容易展現塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化劑之分子量為30000以下是適當的,為25000以下是有利的,可小於10000(例如小於5000),亦可小於3000。在數個態樣中,塑化劑之分子量宜為2000以下,較宜為1200以下,更宜為900以下,可為600以下,可為500以下,可為400以下,可為300以下,亦可為250以下(例如220以下)。塑化劑之分子量不過大一事由提升在黏著劑層內之相溶性等觀點來看是有利的。又,由容易發揮充分之塑化效果之觀點來看,塑化劑之分子量為100以上是適當的,宜為130以上,較宜為150以上,可為170以上,可為200以上,可為220以上,亦可為250以上。塑化劑之分子量不過低一事由黏著片之耐熱性能或抑制被黏著體污染之觀點來看亦佳。在數個態樣中,塑化劑之分子量例如為300以上,為315以上是適當的,亦可為350以上。分子量大的塑化劑不易汽化,故藉由將分子量大的塑化劑利用於黏著劑,可容易獲得可發揮穩定特性的黏著劑。又,分子量大的塑化劑不易在黏著劑內移動。因此,例如不易發生塑化劑移動至黏著劑表面等而影響黏著特性之現象。上述塑化劑之分子量較宜為400以上,更宜為450以上,尤宜為500以上,亦可為530以上。 此外,塑化劑之分子量可使用根據化學結構算出之分子量。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 The molecular weight of the plasticizer is not particularly limited, and one with a molecular weight smaller than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer is usually used. From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting the plasticizing effect, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is suitably below 30,000, advantageously below 25,000, and may be less than 10,000 (for example, less than 5,000), or less than 3,000. In several aspects, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably less than 2000, more preferably less than 1200, more preferably less than 900, less than 600, less than 500, less than 400, less than 300, and It may be 250 or less (for example, 220 or less). The fact that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too large is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive layer. In addition, from the viewpoint of easily exhibiting a sufficient plasticizing effect, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 100 or more, preferably 130 or more, more preferably 150 or more, may be 170 or more, may be 200 or more, may be 220 or more, or 250 or more. It is also preferable that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too low from the standpoint of heat resistance of the adhesive sheet or suppression of contamination by the adhesive. In some aspects, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is, for example, 300 or more, preferably 315 or more, and may be 350 or more. A plasticizer with a large molecular weight is not easy to vaporize, so by using a plasticizer with a large molecular weight in an adhesive, an adhesive that can exhibit stable characteristics can be easily obtained. Also, a plasticizer with a large molecular weight is less likely to move in the adhesive. Therefore, for example, it is difficult for plasticizers to move to the surface of the adhesive to affect the adhesive properties. The molecular weight of the above-mentioned plasticizer is more preferably 400 or more, more preferably 450 or more, especially 500 or more, and may be 530 or more. In addition, the molecular weight of a plasticizer can use the molecular weight calculated from a chemical structure. When there is a nominal value of molecular weight provided from a manufacturer or the like, this nominal value can be adopted.

在數個態樣中,塑化劑可使用選自下述化合物之1種或2種以上:具有2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物、具有2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)直接(亦即不隔著其他原子而)化學鍵結之結構的化合物、具有縮合含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)結構之化合物、具有茀結構之化合物、具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物、具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物等且在30℃(例如25℃或20℃)下為液態之化合物。In several aspects, the plasticizer can be one or more compounds selected from the following compounds: one having two or more non-condensed double bond-containing rings (typically aromatic rings) bonded via a linking group Compounds with two or more non-condensed double bond-containing rings (typically aromatic rings) chemically bonded directly (that is, without intervening other atoms), compounds with condensed double bond-containing rings (typically aromatic rings) Compounds having an aromatic ring) structure, a compound having a fennel structure, a compound having a dinaphthothiophene structure, a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure, etc., which are liquid at 30°C (eg, 25°C or 20°C).

在使用具有2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物作為塑化劑之態樣中,上述連結基可為例如氧基(-O-)、硫代氧基(-S-)、氧伸烷基(例如-O-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、硫代氧基伸烷基(例如-S-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~3,宜為1)、直鏈伸烷基(亦即-(CH 2) n-基,在此n為1~6,宜為1~3)、上述氧伸烷基、上述硫代氧基伸烷基及上述直鏈伸烷基中之伸烷基已部分鹵化或完全鹵化之基團等。上述連結基亦可為具有矽氧烷鍵(-SiOR-)或酯鍵者。塑化劑中,連結第1含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)與第2含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)之連結基亦可從與上述同種類者選擇。由黏著劑之低彈性模數化之觀點來看,上述連結基之適宜例可舉氧基、硫代氧基、氧伸烷基及直鏈伸烷基。上述連結基之原子數無特別限定,例如為1~30,可為1~25,可為1~20,設為1~18是適當的,宜為1~12,較宜為1~10,更宜為1~8,尤宜為1~5,可為1~3,亦可為1或2。此外,連結基之原子數係指從一非縮合含雙鍵之環到達另一非縮合含雙鍵之環所需的最小原子之數量。例如,連結基由直鏈伸烷基(即-(CH 2) n-基)構成時,n之數量便成為連結基之原子數。又例如,連結基為氧伸乙基(即-(C 2H 4O) n-基)時,構成氧伸乙基之碳原子數2與氧原子數1之和3與n之積(3n)便成為連結基之原子數。上述化合物之適宜例可舉具有苯氧基苄基之化合物。上述化合物之例可舉苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如間苯氧基苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、苯氧基苯甲醇、氧基雙[(烷氧基烷基)苯](例如4,4'-氧基雙[(甲氧基甲基)苯])等。上述化合物之其他例可舉後述聚矽氧系塑化劑(具體上為矽氧烷化合物)。 In the aspect of using a compound having a structure in which two or more non-condensed double bond-containing rings are bonded via a linking group as a plasticizer, the linking group may be, for example, an oxygen group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), oxyalkylene (such as -O-(CH 2 ) n -group, where n is 1~3, preferably 1), thiooxyalkylene (such as -S-(CH 2 ) n -base, where n is 1~3, preferably 1), straight chain alkylene (ie -(CH 2 ) n -base, where n is 1~6, preferably 1~3), The above-mentioned oxyalkylene group, the above-mentioned thiooxyalkylene group, and the above-mentioned straight-chain alkylene group have been partially or completely halogenated. The above linking group may also have a siloxane bond (-SiOR-) or an ester bond. In the plasticizer, the linking group connecting the first double bond-containing ring (non-condensed ring) and the second double bond-containing ring (non-condensed ring) can also be selected from the same types as above. From the viewpoint of reducing the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive, suitable examples of the linking group include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group, and a straight-chain alkylene group. The number of atoms of the above linking group is not particularly limited, for example, it is 1-30, it can be 1-25, it can be 1-20, it is appropriate to be 1-18, it is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-10, More preferably 1~8, especially preferably 1~5, may be 1~3, may also be 1 or 2. In addition, the number of atoms of the linking group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach from one non-condensed double bond-containing ring to another non-condensed double bond-containing ring. For example, when the linking group is composed of a straight-chain alkylene group (ie -(CH 2 ) n -group), the number of n becomes the number of atoms in the linking group. For another example, when the linking group is an oxyethylene group (ie -(C 2 H 4 O) n -group), the product of the sum of 2 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen atom constituting the oxyethylene group and the product of n (3n ) becomes the atomic number of the linking group. Preferable examples of the above compounds include compounds having a phenoxybenzyl group. Examples of the above-mentioned compounds include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (such as m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate), phenoxybenzyl alcohol, oxybis[(alkoxyalkyl) Benzene] (e.g. 4,4'-oxybis[(methoxymethyl)benzene]) and the like. Other examples of the above compound include silicone-based plasticizers (specifically, silicone compounds) described later.

上述具有2個以上含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物例如可為含聯苯結構之化合物、含三苯基結構之化合物等。又,具有縮合含雙鍵之環結構的化合物其例子可舉含萘環化合物、含蒽環化合物等。具體例可舉1-萘乙酮等。此外,上述具有茀結構之化合物因包含2個苯環直接化學鍵結之結構部分,故包含於上述具有2個以上含雙鍵之環(非縮合環)直接化學鍵結之結構的化合物的概念中。上述具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物由於包含萘結構、還有具有噻吩環與2個萘結構進行縮合之結構,而亦包含於上述具有縮合含雙鍵之環結構之化合物的概念中。上述具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物由於具有噻吩環與2個苯環進行縮合之結構,而包含於上述具有縮合含雙鍵之環結構之化合物的概念中。The compound having a structure in which two or more double bond-containing rings (non-condensed rings) are directly chemically bonded may be, for example, a compound containing a biphenyl structure, a compound containing a triphenyl structure, or the like. Also, examples of the compound having a condensed double bond-containing ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing compounds, anthracene ring-containing compounds, and the like. Specific examples include 1-naphthylethanone and the like. In addition, the above-mentioned compound having a fennel structure is included in the concept of a compound having a structure having two or more double bond-containing rings (non-condensed rings) directly chemically bonded because it contains a structural part in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded. The above-mentioned compound having a dinaphthothiophene structure is also included in the concept of the above-mentioned compound having a condensed double bond-containing ring structure because it includes a naphthalene structure and a structure in which a thiophene ring is condensed with two naphthalene structures. The above-mentioned compound having a dibenzothiophene structure is included in the concept of the above-mentioned compound having a condensed double bond-containing ring structure because it has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings are condensed.

在數個態樣中,可使用聚矽氧系塑化劑作為塑化劑。藉由使用聚矽氧系塑化劑,容易獲得穩定的塑化效果,且容易獲得高接著力,因此可平衡提升黏著劑之折射率、柔軟性及接著力。聚矽氧系塑化劑可無特別限制地使用具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物。聚矽氧系塑化劑具體上為矽氧烷化合物,該化合物具有之Si原子數為1以上(典型上為2以上),其上限無特別限定,例如可為10以下左右。聚矽氧系塑化劑1分子中,Si原子與含雙鍵之環可直接鍵結,亦可不直接鍵結。上述Si原子中之至少1者宜與至少1個含雙鍵之環直接鍵結。聚矽氧系塑化劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。In several aspects, polysiloxane-based plasticizers can be used as plasticizers. By using polysiloxane-based plasticizers, it is easy to obtain stable plasticizing effect and high adhesive force, so the refractive index, flexibility and adhesive force of the adhesive can be improved in a balanced manner. As the polysiloxane-based plasticizer, a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and being liquid at 30° C. can be used without particular limitation. The polysiloxane-based plasticizer is specifically a siloxane compound, and the number of Si atoms in the compound is 1 or more (typically 2 or more), and the upper limit is not particularly limited, for example, it may be about 10 or less. In one molecule of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer, the Si atom may or may not be directly bonded to the double bond-containing ring. At least one of the aforementioned Si atoms is preferably directly bonded to at least one double bond-containing ring. The silicone-based plasticizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑可使用下述者:由Si原子數為2以上且5以下之矽氧烷化合物構成,且上述Si原子中之至少1個於該Si原子上鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環。由具有所述結構之矽氧烷化合物構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑可發揮根據矽氧烷結構之柔軟性的塑化效果,並且藉由具有至少1個Si原子數為2以上且5以下並且鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子,可平衡實現對塑化對象材料之摻混容易性或相溶性與上述塑化效果之穩定性(例如對在濕熱下之保存,彈性模數之上升率低)。由化學穩定性之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物宜不具有與Si原子鍵結之氫原子。即,宜為不具Si-H鍵之矽氧烷化合物。In several aspects, polysiloxane-based plasticizers can be those that are composed of a siloxane compound with Si atoms of 2 to 5, and at least one of the Si atoms is contained in the Si atom. There are two or more rings containing double bonds on the upper bond. The polysiloxane-based plasticizer composed of a siloxane compound having the above-mentioned structure can exert a plasticizing effect according to the flexibility of the siloxane structure, and by having at least one Si atom number of 2 or more and 5 or less In addition, Si atoms bonded with two or more rings containing double bonds can balance the ease of mixing or compatibility with the plasticized object material and the stability of the above-mentioned plasticized effect (such as storage under humid heat, elasticity, etc.) The rate of rise of the modulus is low). From the viewpoint of chemical stability, the above-mentioned siloxane compound preferably does not have a hydrogen atom bonded to an Si atom. That is, it is preferably a siloxane compound not having an Si-H bond.

上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為3以上時,上述矽氧烷化合物可為鏈狀亦可為環狀,而由抑制揮發之觀點來看,宜為鏈狀矽氧烷化合物。上述Si原子數3以上之鏈狀矽氧烷化合物可為直鏈狀亦可具有支鏈,而由獲得更高塑化效果之觀點來看,宜為直鏈狀。以下在未特別說明之情況下,Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物係指Si原子數3以上之鏈狀(典型上為直鏈狀)矽氧烷化合物。When the number of Si atoms in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is 3 or more, the above-mentioned siloxane compound may be chain or cyclic, but from the viewpoint of suppressing volatilization, a chain siloxane compound is preferable. The aforementioned chain siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher plasticizing effect. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms refers to a chain (typically linear) siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms.

上述聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環可分別獨立為含共軛雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環),亦可為含非共軛雙鍵之環。上述塑化劑可為具有選自芳香環及雜環(heterocycle)中之至少1種環作為含雙鍵之環者。此外,上述雜環可為具有包含於芳香環之結構者,亦可為具有與芳香環不同之含雙鍵之雜環結構者。塑化劑可具有之含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環)可為苯環或萘環等之碳環;亦可為吡啶環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環等之雜環。上述雜環中作為環構成原子所含雜原子例如可為選自於由氮、硫及氧所構成群組中之1或2種以上。在數個態樣中,上述構成雜環之雜原子可為氮及硫之一者或兩者。Each of the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer may be independently a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. The plasticizer may have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocycle (heterocycle) as a double bond-containing ring. In addition, the above-mentioned heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring, or may have a heterocyclic structure having a double bond different from the aromatic ring. The double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) that the plasticizer can have can be a carbon ring such as a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; it can also be a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a azole ring, a thiazole ring, Heterocycles such as thiophene rings. The heteroatoms contained as ring constituting atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be, for example, one or two or more kinds selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In several aspects, the above-mentioned heteroatoms constituting the heterocycle may be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur.

上述含雙鍵之環(典型上為芳香環,宜為碳環)可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,且例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環分別獨立選自於由於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環及具有取代基之芳香環所構成群組,該具有取代基之芳香環的取代基係選自於由烷基、烷氧基、羥基及羥烷基所構成群組(宜為烷基及烷氧基所構成群組)中之1或2個以上。例如,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環分別獨立選自於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環(宜為碳環)。在數個理想態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑具有之各含雙鍵之環皆為苯環。The aforementioned double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have 1, 2 or more substituents on ring constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. When there is a substituent, the substituent can be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidoxy group, etc., But not subject to such restrictions. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and may be 1 or 2, for example. In several aspects, the double bond-containing rings of polysiloxane plasticizers are independently selected from the group consisting of aromatic rings without substituents and aromatic rings with substituents on ring constituting atoms. , the substituent of the aromatic ring with a substituent is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl and hydroxyalkyl (preferably the group consisting of alkyl and alkoxy) or 2 or more. For example, the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer are independently selected from aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) that have no substituents on ring constituting atoms. In several ideal forms, the double bond-containing rings of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer are all benzene rings.

由塑化效果之易發揮度及抑制其穩定性(例如抑制彈性模數因塑化劑從摻混有該塑化劑之材料揮發散逸而上升)之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數宜為3以上。又,由在黏著劑內之相溶性等觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數宜為4以下,較宜為3以下。其中,又宜為上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為3的聚矽氧系塑化劑、即由三矽氧烷化合物構成的聚矽氧系塑化劑。From the point of view of the ease of exerting the plasticizing effect and inhibiting its stability (for example, inhibiting the increase of the elastic modulus due to the volatilization and dissipation of the plasticizer from the material mixed with the plasticizer), the Si of the above-mentioned siloxane compound The number of atoms is preferably 3 or more. Also, from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive, etc., the number of Si atoms in the siloxane compound is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less. Among them, a polysiloxane plasticizer having 3 Si atoms in the above-mentioned siloxane compound, that is, a polysiloxane plasticizer composed of a trisiloxane compound is preferable.

上述矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環(例如具有取代基或不具有取代基之苯環)之數量至少為2,而由塑化效果之耐熱性(例如彈性模數對在濕熱下之保存之上升率低)之觀點來看,宜為3以上,較宜為4以上,亦可為5以上。又,令該矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為n時,上述矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環之數量典型上為2n+2以下,而由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,為2n+1以下是適當的,宜為2n以下,可為2n-1以下,亦可為2n-2以下。例如,在上述矽氧烷化合物為三矽氧烷化合物之態樣中,該三矽氧烷化合物具有之含雙鍵之環之數量典型上為8個以下,例如可為2個以上且7個以下,可為3個以上且7個以下,亦可為4個以上且7個以下。其中,又宜為含雙鍵之環(例如無取代之苯環)之數量為4以上且6以下(例如4或5)的三矽氧烷化合物。The number of double bond-containing rings (such as substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings) of the above-mentioned siloxane compound is at least 2, and the heat resistance due to the plasticizing effect (such as the elastic modulus to the From the standpoint of low rate of increase in preservation), it is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and may be 5 or more. Also, when the number of Si atoms in the siloxane compound is n, the number of double bond-containing rings in the siloxane compound is typically 2n+2 or less, and from the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, it is 2n+1 or less is suitable, preferably 2n or less, may be 2n-1 or less, and may be 2n-2 or less. For example, in the aspect in which the above-mentioned siloxane compound is a trisiloxane compound, the number of double bond-containing rings contained in the trisiloxane compound is typically 8 or less, for example, 2 or more and 7 or more. The following may be 3 or more and 7 or less, and may be 4 or more and 7 or less. Among them, a trisiloxane compound in which the number of double bond-containing rings (for example, unsubstituted benzene rings) is 4 or more and 6 or less (for example, 4 or 5) is preferable.

在數個態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子(典型上為構成矽氧烷鏈之Si原子)中之至少1個為鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子。由提升塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物中鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子之數量亦可為2個以上。在Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物中,鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環的Si原子之數量可為2以上,亦可為3以上,又,令上述矽氧烷化合物之Si原子數為n時,可為n以下,可為n-1以下,亦可為n-2以下。在數個態樣中,由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,以上述矽氧烷化合物(宜為Si原子數3以上之矽氧烷化合物)所含之Si原子中之至少1個來說,與該Si原子鍵結之含雙鍵之環之數量為1或0。例如,宜為Si原子數3以上且5以下之直鏈狀矽氧烷化合物,且為兩末端之Si原子分別獨立具有2個或3個(宜為2個)含雙鍵之環、而兩末端以外之Si原子分別獨立具有1個含雙鍵之環或不具有含雙鍵之環之結構的矽氧烷化合物。In several aspects, at least one of the Si atoms (typically Si atoms constituting the siloxane chain) contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is Si bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds. atom. From the standpoint of enhancing the stability of the plasticizing effect, the number of Si atoms to which two or more double bond-containing rings are bonded in the siloxane compound may be two or more. In a siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms, the number of Si atoms bonded to two or more double bond-containing rings may be 2 or more, or 3 or more. When the number of atoms is n, it may be n or less, n-1 or less, or n-2 or less. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, at least one of the Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound (preferably a siloxane compound having 3 or more Si atoms), The number of double bond-containing rings bonded to the Si atom is 1 or 0. For example, it is preferably a linear siloxane compound with Si atoms of 3 or more and 5 or less, and the Si atoms at both ends independently have 2 or 3 (preferably 2) double bond-containing rings, and the two A siloxane compound having a structure in which the Si atoms other than the terminal each independently have a double-bond-containing ring or a double-bond-containing ring.

上述矽氧烷化合物亦可包含有鍵結有含雙鍵之環以外之基團的Si原子。上述含雙鍵之環以外之基團可列舉:烷基、芳烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、氟烷基、羥基、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧基、環氧丙氧基、胺基、單烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、羧基、羧基烷基、巰基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量例如為1~8,宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。鍵結於矽氧烷化合物中所含之各Si原子之含雙鍵之環以外之基團可分別獨立為選自於由上述所例示之基團所構成之群組中。The above-mentioned siloxane compound may also contain a Si atom bonded to a group other than a double bond-containing ring. Groups other than the above double bond-containing ring include: alkyl, aralkyl, alkoxy, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), fluoroalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkane oxy, epoxy, glycidoxy, amine, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, carboxyl, carboxyalkyl, mercapto, etc., but not limited thereto. In the substituent containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is, for example, 1-8, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, for example, 1 or 2. Groups other than the double bond-containing ring bonded to each Si atom contained in the siloxane compound may be independently selected from the group consisting of the groups exemplified above.

在數個態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物宜不具乙烯性不飽和基(包含含雙鍵之環中雙鍵為乙烯性雙鍵者)。由不具乙烯性不飽和基之矽氧烷化合物構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑由該塑化劑所帶來之塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看是有利的,且由具有包含上述聚矽氧系塑化劑之黏著劑層的黏著片之保存穩定性之觀點、或抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成彈性模數之變化、尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。In several aspects, the above-mentioned siloxane compound preferably does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group (including those in which the double bond in the double bond-containing ring is an ethylenic double bond). A polysiloxane plasticizer composed of a siloxane compound without an ethylenically unsaturated group is advantageous from the viewpoint of the stability of the plasticizing effect brought by the plasticizer, and has From the point of view of the storage stability of the adhesive sheet of the adhesive layer of the silicone plasticizer, or to suppress the change of the elastic modulus, dimensional change or deformation (warping, undulation, etc.) caused by the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group, It is also preferable from the viewpoint of occurrence of optical strain.

在此揭示之聚矽氧系塑化劑之數個態樣中,由提高塑化效果之觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子中之至少1個(Si原子數為3以上的矽氧烷化合物中則為至少2個)宜於該Si原子上具有至少1個甲基。例如,位於矽氧烷鏈之兩末端的Si原子宜分別獨立具有1個或2個(較宜為1個)甲基。在數個理想態樣中,上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子各自分別獨立具有1個或2個甲基。根據由所述結構之矽氧烷化合物構成之聚矽氧系塑化劑,可平衡兼顧藉由矽氧烷結構之柔軟性所帶來之塑化效果、與具有於至少1個Si原子上鍵結有2個以上含雙鍵之環之結構所帶來之上述塑化效果的穩定性。Among the several aspects of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer disclosed here, from the viewpoint of improving the plasticizing effect, at least one of the Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound (the number of Si atoms is 3 Among the above siloxane compounds, at least 2) preferably have at least 1 methyl group on the Si atom. For example, Si atoms located at both ends of the siloxane chain preferably independently have one or two (preferably one) methyl groups. In several ideal aspects, the Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound each independently have one or two methyl groups. According to the polysiloxane-based plasticizer composed of the siloxane compound of the above-mentioned structure, it is possible to balance the plasticizing effect brought by the flexibility of the siloxane structure and the bond with at least one Si atom. The stability of the above-mentioned plasticizing effect brought about by the structure with two or more rings containing double bonds.

在數個態樣中,令上述矽氧烷化合物中所含之Si原子之數量為n時,鍵結於其等Si原子之取代基之數量合計所得之值(以下亦稱總取代基數)典型上為2n+2,且其中至少2個為含雙鍵之環。在數個態樣中,聚矽氧系塑化劑之總取代基數中,含雙鍵之環(宜為芳香族碳環,例如苯環)之數量所占之比率SR至少為16%,可為20%以上,亦可為25%以上。上述比率SR若變高,有聚矽氧系塑化劑之耐熱性、或由該聚矽氧系塑化劑所帶來之塑化效果的穩定性大致會提升的傾向。在數個態樣中,上述比率SR為33%以上是有利的,宜為40%以上,較宜為50%以上(例如60%以上),可為65%以上,亦可為75%以上。上述比率SR可為100%,而由摻混容易性或相溶性之觀點來看,為85%以下是有利的,宜為80%以下,可為75%以下,可為65%以下,亦可為60%以下(例如50%以下)。In several aspects, when the number of Si atoms contained in the above-mentioned siloxane compound is n, the value obtained by summing the number of substituents bonded to the Si atoms (hereinafter also referred to as the total number of substituents) is typical. above is 2n+2, and at least two of them are rings containing double bonds. In several aspects, the ratio SR of the number of rings containing double bonds (preferably aromatic carbocycles, such as benzene rings) in the total number of substituents of polysiloxane-based plasticizers is at least 16%. 20% or more, or 25% or more. When the above-mentioned ratio SR becomes higher, the heat resistance of the silicone-based plasticizer and the stability of the plasticizing effect by the silicone-based plasticizer tend to generally increase. In several aspects, the ratio SR is advantageously 33% or more, preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more (for example, 60% or more), may be 65% or more, and may be 75% or more. The above-mentioned ratio SR may be 100%, but from the viewpoint of ease of blending or compatibility, it is advantageous to be 85% or less, preferably 80% or less, may be 75% or less, may be 65% or less, or may be 60% or less (for example, 50% or less).

在數個態樣中,由塑化效果之穩定性之觀點來看,上述聚矽氧系塑化劑(具體上為矽氧烷化合物)之分子量為400以上是適當的,為430以上是有利的,宜為460以上,可為490以上,亦可為520以上。又,由塑化效果或摻混容易性、相溶性等觀點來看,上述矽氧烷化合物之分子量為900以下是適當的,為850以下是有利的,宜為700以下,較宜為650以下,可為600以下,可為560以下,可為540以下,亦可為500以下。Among several aspects, from the viewpoint of the stability of the plasticizing effect, the molecular weight of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer (specifically, a silicone compound) is preferably 400 or more, and 430 or more is advantageous. It is preferably more than 460, may be more than 490, or may be more than 520. In addition, from the viewpoint of plasticizing effect, ease of blending, compatibility, etc., the molecular weight of the above-mentioned siloxane compound is suitably 900 or less, advantageously 850 or less, preferably 700 or less, and more preferably 650 or less. , can be less than 600, can be less than 560, can be less than 540, can also be less than 500.

上述矽氧烷化合物之分子量可使用依據化學結構算出之分子量、或使用基質輔助雷射脫附游離飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)所得之測定值。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。The molecular weight of the above-mentioned siloxane compound can be a molecular weight calculated from the chemical structure, or a measured value obtained by using matrix-assisted laser desorption time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS). When there is a nominal value of molecular weight provided from a manufacturer or the like, this nominal value can be adopted.

在此揭示之聚矽氧系塑化劑之折射率無特別限定,例如可在1.30~1.80左右之範圍內。由抑制摻混塑化劑之材料(例如黏著劑)之折射率降低且同時謀求低彈性模數化之觀點來看,數個態樣中之聚矽氧系塑化劑其折射率為1.45以上是適當的,宜為1.50以上,較宜為1.52以上(例如1.53以上或1.54以上),更宜為1.55以上(例如1.56以上或1.57以上)。又,由摻混容易性或相溶性等觀點來看,聚矽氧系塑化劑之折射率例如可為1.70以下,可為1.65以下,亦可為1.60以下。The refractive index of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer disclosed here is not particularly limited, and may be within a range of about 1.30-1.80, for example. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in the refractive index of the material (such as an adhesive) in which the plasticizer is mixed and at the same time achieving a low modulus of elasticity, the polysiloxane-based plasticizer in several aspects has a refractive index of 1.45 or more is appropriate, preferably 1.50 or higher, more preferably 1.52 or higher (for example, 1.53 or higher or 1.54 or higher), and more preferably 1.55 or higher (for example, 1.56 or higher or 1.57 or higher). In addition, the refractive index of the polysiloxane-based plasticizer may be, for example, 1.70 or less, 1.65 or less, or 1.60 or less from the viewpoint of ease of blending or compatibility.

在數個態樣中,塑化劑可使用1分子中具有2個以上含雙鍵之環的乙二醇系化合物。上述乙二醇系化合物具有之氧伸乙基單元(即-(C 2H 4O)-單元)之數量例如為1~10,可為1~6,亦可為2~4。上述乙二醇系化合物可為具有下述結構之化合物:2個以上非縮合含雙鍵之環隔著作為連結基之氧伸乙基單元(例如1~10、理想為1~6、典型上為2~4之氧伸乙基單元)鍵結。該化合物可為具有1或2個以上酯基者。上述乙二醇系化合物可舉具有2個以上苯甲酸隔著酯鍵與乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇或聚乙二醇連結之結構的化合物。 In several aspects, the plasticizer can use the ethylene glycol type compound which has 2 or more double bond containing rings in 1 molecule. The number of oxyethylene units (ie -(C 2 H 4 O)- units) contained in the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound is, for example, 1-10, 1-6, or 2-4. The above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound may be a compound having the following structure: two or more non-condensed double bond-containing rings interspersed with oxyethylene units (for example, 1 to 10, ideally 1 to 6, typically 1 to 6) as linking groups 2~4 oxyethylenyl units) bonded. This compound may have 1 or 2 or more ester groups. Examples of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound include compounds having a structure in which two or more benzoic acids are linked to ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, or polyethylene glycol via ester bonds.

又,在此揭示之技術可在不使用上述乙二醇系化合物作為塑化劑、或限制其使用量之態樣下實施。例如,可使黏著劑組成物中所含之塑化劑中,上述乙二醇系化合物之含有比率小於90重量%。上述塑化劑中上述乙二醇系化合物之含有比率可小於50重量%,可小於10重量%,可小於3重量%,亦可小於1重量%,且黏著劑組成物亦可實質上不含有上述乙二醇系化合物作為塑化劑。同樣地,黏著劑組成物中,上述乙二醇系化合物相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可設為小於0.5重量份,亦可小於0.1重量份。In addition, the technology disclosed here can be implemented without using the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound as a plasticizer or limiting the usage amount thereof. For example, in the plasticizer contained in the adhesive composition, the content ratio of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound can be made to be less than 90% by weight. The content ratio of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound in the above-mentioned plasticizer may be less than 50% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, may be less than 3% by weight, or may be less than 1% by weight, and the adhesive composition may be substantially free of The above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound serves as a plasticizer. Similarly, in the adhesive composition, the amount of the above-mentioned ethylene glycol compound relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be less than 0.5 parts by weight, or less than 0.1 parts by weight.

在其他數個態樣中,可使用液態松香酯等液態松香類作為塑化劑。上述液態松香類(例如液態松香酯)可相當於上述具有縮合含雙鍵之環結構的化合物。In several other aspects, liquid rosins such as liquid rosin esters can be used as plasticizers. The aforementioned liquid rosins (for example, liquid rosin esters) may correspond to the aforementioned compounds having a condensed double bond-containing ring structure.

塑化劑之使用量無特別限定,可按目的設定。由降低黏著劑之彈性模數之觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為1重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。在數個理想態樣中,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量大於15重量份,可為20重量份以上,可為30重量份以上(例如大於30重量份),較宜為40重量份以上,更宜為50重量份以上,尤宜為60重量份以上,可為75重量份以上,亦可為90重量份以上。例如,使用上述乙二醇系化合物作為塑化劑時,宜相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份使用大於30重量份(例如40重量份以上,更宜為50重量份以上)。又,由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與低彈性模數化之觀點來看,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量設為大約200重量份以下是適當的,宜設為150重量份以下,較宜設為120重量份以下,可為100重量份以下,可為80重量份以下,亦可為70重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性之數個態樣中,塑化劑相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可為45重量份以下,亦可為35重量份以下。The amount of plasticizer used is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose. From the viewpoint of reducing the modulus of elasticity of the adhesive, the amount of the plasticizer used may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. In several ideal forms, the amount of plasticizer relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer is greater than 15 parts by weight, can be more than 20 parts by weight, can be more than 30 parts by weight (for example, greater than 30 parts by weight), relatively It is preferably at least 40 parts by weight, more preferably at least 50 parts by weight, especially preferably at least 60 parts by weight, may be at least 75 parts by weight, and may be at least 90 parts by weight. For example, when using the above-mentioned ethylene glycol-based compound as a plasticizer, it is preferable to use more than 30 parts by weight (for example, 40 parts by weight or more, more preferably 50 parts by weight or more) with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. Also, from the standpoint of achieving a balance between high refractive index and low elastic modulus of the adhesive, it is appropriate to set the amount of the plasticizer to about 200 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. It may be 150 parts by weight or less, preferably 120 parts by weight or less, may be 100 parts by weight or less, may be 80 parts by weight or less, and may be 70 parts by weight or less. In several aspects in which more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties, the amount of the plasticizer used may be 45 parts by weight or less, or 35 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer.

(添加劑(H RO)) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中,可含有較上述丙烯酸系聚合物更高折射率之有機材料作為可依期望使用之添加劑。以下,有將所述有機材料表記為「添加劑(H RO)」之情形。在此,上述「H RO」係表示高折射率(High Refractive index)之有機材料(Organic material)。藉由組合添加劑(H RO)與丙烯酸系聚合物來使用,可實現可更適宜兼顧折射率與黏著特性(剝離強度、柔軟性等)之黏著劑。可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之有機材料可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,可具有聚合性官能基,亦可不具聚合性官能基。此外,本說明書中,添加劑(H RO)係定義為與可作為上述塑化劑使用之化合物不同者。因此,添加劑(H RO)具體而言在30℃(例如25℃或20℃)下非為液態(液體)。添加劑(H RO)可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (Additive (H RO )) In the adhesive composition disclosed herein, an organic material with a higher refractive index than the above-mentioned acrylic polymer may be contained as an additive that can be used as desired. Hereinafter, the organic material may be described as "additive (H RO )". Here, the above-mentioned “H RO ” means an organic material with a high refractive index (High Refractive index). By combining additives (H RO ) and acrylic polymers, it is possible to achieve an adhesive that can better balance the refractive index and adhesive properties (peel strength, flexibility, etc.). Organic materials that can be used as additives (H RO ) can be polymeric or non-polymeric. Moreover, it may have a polymerizable functional group, and may not have a polymerizable functional group. In addition, in this specification, an additive (H RO ) is defined as a compound different from the compound that can be used as the above-mentioned plasticizer. Therefore, the additive (H RO ) is specifically not in a liquid state (liquid) at 30°C (for example, 25°C or 20°C). The additive (H RO ) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

添加劑(H RO)之折射率可在與丙烯酸系聚合物之折射率的相對關係下設定為適當的範圍,因此不受特定範圍所限。添加劑(H RO)之折射率例如大於1.55、大於1.56或大於1.57,且可自較丙烯酸系聚合物之折射率更高之範圍中選擇。由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)之折射率為1.58以上是有利的,宜為1.60以上,較宜為1.63以上,可為1.65以上,可為1.70以上,亦可為1.75以上。藉由折射率較高之添加劑(H RO),即便使用較少量之添加劑(H RO)仍可達成目標折射率。此事由抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看為佳。添加劑(H RO)之折射率的上限無特別限制,惟由在黏著劑內之相溶性、高折射率化與適合作為黏著劑之柔軟性之兼顧容易性等觀點來看,例如為3.000以下,可為2.500以下,可為2.000以下,可為1.950以下,可為1.900以下,亦可為1.850以下。 此外,添加劑(H RO)之折射率係與單體之折射率同樣地,使用阿貝折射率計在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。當有從製造商等提供了在25℃下之折射率的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 Since the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) can be set in an appropriate range in relation to the refractive index of the acrylic polymer, it is not limited to a specific range. The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is, for example, greater than 1.55, greater than 1.56 or greater than 1.57, and can be selected from a range higher than that of the acrylic polymer. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, in several aspects, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is advantageously 1.58 or higher, preferably 1.60 or higher, more preferably 1.63 or higher, and may be 1.65 or higher , can be more than 1.70, and can also be more than 1.75. With a higher refractive index additive (H RO ), the target refractive index can be achieved even with a smaller amount of additive (H RO ). This is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing reduction in adhesive properties or optical properties. The upper limit of the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited, but it is, for example, 3.000 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive, high refractive index and flexibility suitable for the adhesive, etc. It may be 2.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.950 or less, 1.900 or less, or 1.850 or less. In addition, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) was measured under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. using an Abbe refractometer in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. When there is a nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C. provided from a manufacturer or the like, the nominal value may be adopted.

添加劑(H RO)之折射率n b與丙烯酸系聚合物之折射率n a之差、亦即n b-n a(以下亦稱「Δn A」)係設定為大於0。在數個態樣中,Δn A例如為0.02以上,可為0.05以上,可為0.07以上,可為0.10以上,可為0.15以上,亦可為0.20以上或0.25以上。藉由以使Δn A變更大之方式來選擇丙烯酸系聚合物及添加劑(H RO),使用添加劑(H RO)來提升折射率之效果有變高之傾向。又,由添加劑(H RO)在黏著劑內之相溶性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,Δn A例如可為0.70以下,可為0.60以下,可為0.50以下,亦可為0.40以下或0.35以下。 The difference between the refractive index n b of the additive (H RO ) and the refractive index n a of the acrylic polymer, that is, n b −n a (hereinafter also referred to as “Δn A ”) is set to be greater than zero. In several aspects, Δn A is, for example, 0.02 or more, may be 0.05 or more, may be 0.07 or more, may be 0.10 or more, may be 0.15 or more, may be 0.20 or more, or may be 0.25 or more. By selecting the acrylic polymer and the additive (H RO ) so as to increase Δn A , the effect of increasing the refractive index using the additive (H RO ) tends to increase. Also, from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the additive (H RO ) in the adhesive, in some aspects, Δn A may be, for example, 0.70 or less, 0.60 or less, 0.50 or less, or 0.40 or less. or less than 0.35.

在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)之折射率n b與包含該添加劑(H RO)之黏著劑之折射率n T之差、亦即n b-n T(以下亦稱「Δn B」)係設定為大於0。在數個態樣中,Δn B例如為0.02以上,可為0.05以上,可為0.07以上,可為0.10以上,可為0.15以上,亦可為0.20以上或0.25以上。藉由以使Δn B變更大之方式來選擇黏著劑之組成及添加劑(H RO),使用添加劑(H RO)來提升折射率之效果有變高之傾向。又,由在黏著劑內之相溶性或黏著劑之透明性等觀點來看,在數個態樣中,Δn B例如可為0.70以下,可為0.60以下,可為0.50以下,亦可為0.40以下或0.35以下。 In several aspects, the difference between the refractive index n b of the additive (H RO ) and the refractive index n T of the adhesive containing the additive (H RO ), that is, n b -n T (hereinafter also referred to as "Δn B ”) is set to be greater than 0. In some aspects, Δn B is, for example, 0.02 or more, may be 0.05 or more, may be 0.07 or more, may be 0.10 or more, may be 0.15 or more, may be 0.20 or more, or may be 0.25 or more. By selecting the composition of the adhesive and the additive (H RO ) so as to increase Δn B , the effect of increasing the refractive index by using the additive (H RO ) tends to increase. In some aspects, Δn B may be, for example, 0.70 or less, 0.60 or less, 0.50 or less, or 0.40 from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive or the transparency of the adhesive. below or below 0.35.

作為添加劑(H RO)使用之有機材料的分子量無特別限定,可按目的作選擇。由平衡兼顧高折射率化之效果與其他特性(例如適於黏著劑之柔軟性、霧度等光學特性)之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)之分子量為大約小於10000是適當的,宜小於5000,較宜小於3000(例如小於1000),可小於800,可小於600,可小於500,亦可小於400。添加劑(H RO)之分子量不過大一事由提升在黏著劑內之相溶性之觀點來看是有利的。又,添加劑(H RO)之分子量例如可為130以上,亦可為150以上。在數個態樣中,由該添加劑(H RO)之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(H RO)之分子量宜為170以上,較宜為200以上,可為230以上,可為250以上,可為270以上,可為500以上,可為1000以上,亦可為2000以上。在數個態樣中,可將分子量為1000~10000左右(例如1000以上且小於5000)之聚合物作為添加劑(H RO)來使用。 添加劑(H RO)之分子量可使用針對非聚合物或低聚合度(例如2~5聚物左右)之聚合物依據化學結構算出之分子量、或使用基質輔助雷射脫附游離飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)所得之測定值。添加劑(H RO)為聚合度更高之聚合物時,可使用根據以適當條件進行之GPC的重量平均分子量(Mw)。當有從製造商等提供了分子量的標稱值時,可採用該標稱值。 The molecular weight of the organic material used as the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose. From the point of view of balancing the effect of high refractive index and other properties (such as optical properties such as flexibility and haze suitable for adhesives), in several aspects, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is about less than 10000 is appropriate, preferably less than 5000, more preferably less than 3000 (eg less than 1000), may be less than 800, may be less than 600, may be less than 500, may also be less than 400. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive that the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is not too large. In addition, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) may be, for example, 130 or more, or may be 150 or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (H RO ), the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, may be 230 or more, and may be 250 It may be more than 270, it may be more than 500, it may be more than 1000, and it may be more than 2000. In several aspects, a polymer having a molecular weight of about 1000 to 10000 (for example, more than 1000 and less than 5000) can be used as an additive (H RO ). The molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) can be calculated based on the molecular weight of a polymer with a non-polymer or a low degree of polymerization (for example, about 2~5 polymers), or by matrix-assisted laser desorption free time-of-flight mass analysis The measured value obtained by MALDI-TOF-MS. When the additive (H RO ) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) according to GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When there is a nominal value of molecular weight provided from a manufacturer or the like, this nominal value can be adopted.

可成為添加劑(H RO)之選項的有機材料之例包含具有芳香環之有機化合物、具有雜環(可為芳香環,亦可為非芳香族性雜環)之有機化合物等,惟不受該等限定。 Examples of organic materials that can be an option for additives (H RO ) include organic compounds with aromatic rings, organic compounds with heterocycles (either aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles), but are not subject to this and so on.

可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之上述具有芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含芳香環化合物」)所具有之芳香環,可自與可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物所具有之芳香環相同之物來選擇。 The aromatic ring of the above-mentioned organic compound having an aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring-containing compound") that can be used as an additive (H RO ) can be derived from the aromatic ring of a compound that can be used as a monomer (A1). Ring the same thing to choose.

上述芳香環可於環構成原子上具有1或2個以上取代基,亦可不具有取代基。具有取代基時,該取代基可例示烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等,惟不受該等限定。在包含碳原子之取代基中,該取代基所含之碳原子之數量例如為1~10,1~6是有利的,宜為1~4,較宜為1~3,例如可為1或2。在數個態樣中,上述芳香環可為於環構成原子上不具有取代基之芳香環、或可為於環構成原子上具有選自於由烷基、烷氧基及鹵素原子(例如溴原子)所構成群組中之1或2個以上取代基之芳香環。The above-mentioned aromatic ring may have one, two or more substituents, or no substituents on ring constituting atoms. When there is a substituent, the substituent can be exemplified by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyl group Oxygen, etc., but not limited thereto. In the substituting group comprising carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituting group is, for example, 1 to 10, 1 to 6 is advantageous, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, 1 or 2. In several aspects, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may be an aromatic ring having no substituent on the ring constituting atom, or may have an aromatic ring selected from an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom (such as bromine) on the ring constituting atom. Atom) aromatic ring with 1 or more substituents in the group.

可作為添加劑(H RO)使用之含芳香環化合物之例可列舉例如:可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物;包含可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物作為單體單元的寡聚物;從可作為單體(A1)使用之化合物中去除具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團(可為鍵結於環構成原子之取代基)或該基團中構成乙烯性不飽和基之部分,且取代成氫原子或不具乙烯性不飽和基之基團(例如羥基、胺基、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、羥烷基、羥烷基氧基、環氧丙氧基等)之結構的化合物等,且可舉不相當於在此揭示之塑化劑者,惟不受該等限定。 Examples of aromatic ring-containing compounds that can be used as additives (H RO ) include, for example: compounds that can be used as monomers (A1); oligomers that include compounds that can be used as monomers (A1) as monomer units; A group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring constituting atom) or a part constituting an ethylenically unsaturated group in the group is removed from a compound usable as a monomer (A1), and The structure of a group substituted with a hydrogen atom or an ethylenically unsaturated group (such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidoxy group, etc.) Compounds, etc., which may not correspond to the plasticizers disclosed here, but are not limited thereto.

在數個態樣中,由容易獲得較高的高折射率化效果來看,可適宜採用1分子中具有2個以上芳香環之有機化合物(以下亦稱「含複數個芳香環之化合物」)作為添加劑(H RO)。含複數個芳香環之化合物可具有乙烯性不飽和基等聚合性官能基,亦可不具有。又,含複數個芳香環之化合物可為聚合物,亦可為非聚合物。又,上述聚合物可為包含含複數個芳香環之單體作為單體單元之寡聚物(宜為分子量大約5000以下、較宜為大約1000以下之寡聚物;例如為2~5聚物左右之低聚合物)。上述寡聚物例如可為:含複數個芳香環之單體的均聚物;2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體的共聚物;1種或2種以上含複數個芳香環之單體與其他單體的共聚物等。上述其他單體可為不屬於含複數個芳香環之單體的含芳香環單體,可為不具芳香環之單體,亦可為該等之組合。 Among several aspects, organic compounds having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter also referred to as "compounds containing multiple aromatic rings") can be suitably used because it is easy to obtain a higher effect of increasing the refractive index. As an additive (H RO ). A compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. In addition, the compound containing a plurality of aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer. Also, the above-mentioned polymer may be an oligomer comprising a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings as a monomer unit (preferably an oligomer with a molecular weight of about 5000 or less, preferably about 1000 or less; for example, a 2-5 polymer left and right low polymers). The above oligomers can be, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; copolymers of two or more monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; one or more monomers containing multiple aromatic rings Copolymers with other monomers, etc. The aforementioned other monomers may be aromatic ring-containing monomers other than monomers containing a plurality of aromatic rings, monomers without aromatic rings, or a combination thereof.

含複數個芳香環之化合物之非限定例可列舉:具有2個以上非縮合芳香環隔著連結基鍵結之結構的化合物、具有2個以上非縮合芳香環直接(亦即不隔著其他原子)化學鍵結之結構的化合物、具有縮合芳香環結構之化合物、具有茀結構之化合物、具有二萘并噻吩結構之化合物、具有二苯并噻吩結構之化合物等。含複數個芳香環之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Non-limiting examples of compounds containing a plurality of aromatic rings include: compounds having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group; ) chemically bonded structure, compound with condensed aromatic ring structure, compound with fennel structure, compound with dinaphthothiophene structure, compound with dibenzothiophene structure, etc. Compounds containing a plurality of aromatic rings can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

可成為添加劑(H RO)之選項的具有雜環的有機化合物(以下亦稱為含雜環有機化合物)之例可舉硫代環氧化合物、具有三𠯤環之化合物等。硫代環氧化合物之例可舉日本專利第3712653號公報中記載之雙(2,3-環硫代丙基)二硫化物及其聚合物(折射率1.74)。具有三𠯤環之化合物之例可舉1分子內具有至少1個(例如3~40個,宜為5~20個))三𠯤環之化合物。此外,三𠯤環具有芳香族性,故具有三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含芳香環化合物之概念中,且,具有複數個三𠯤環之化合物亦包含於上述含複數個芳香環之化合物之概念中。 Examples of an organic compound having a heterocycle (hereinafter also referred to as a heterocycle-containing organic compound) that can be used as an option for the additive (H RO ) include thioepoxide compounds, compounds having a three-ring ring, and the like. Examples of thioepoxides include bis(2,3-epithiopropyl)disulfide and its polymer (refractive index: 1.74) described in Japanese Patent No. 3712653. Examples of the compound having a three-ring include a compound having at least one (for example, 3 to 40, preferably 5 to 20)) three-ring in one molecule. In addition, the three rings are aromatic, so compounds with three rings are also included in the above-mentioned concept of aromatic ring-containing compounds, and compounds with multiple three rings are also included in the above-mentioned compounds containing multiple aromatic rings in the concept.

在數個態樣中,可適宜採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之化合物作為添加劑(H RO)。藉此,可抑制黏著劑組成物因熱或光而變質(凝膠化之進行或黏度上升造成調平性降低),提高保存穩定性。採用不具乙烯性不飽和基之添加劑(H RO)一事,由在具有包含該添加劑(H RO)之黏著劑層的黏著片中,抑制因乙烯性不飽和基之反應而造成尺寸變化或變形(翹曲、起伏等)、光學應變之發生等之觀點來看亦佳。 In several aspects, it may be convenient to use a compound without ethylenically unsaturated groups as the additive (H RO ). Thereby, deterioration of the adhesive composition due to heat or light (progress of gelation or decrease in leveling property due to increase in viscosity) can be suppressed, and storage stability can be improved. The use of an additive (H RO ) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group is to suppress dimensional change or deformation due to the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group in an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer containing the additive (H RO ) ( It is also preferable from the viewpoint of warpage, undulation, etc.), occurrence of optical strain, etc.

在使用寡聚物作為添加劑(H RO)之態樣中,該寡聚物可藉由以公知方法使對應之單體成分聚合來獲得。利用自由基聚合製造上述寡聚物時,可於上述單體成分中適當添加可用於進行自由基聚合的聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑、乳化劑等,進行聚合。上述可用於自由基聚合之聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑、乳化劑等無特別限定,可適當選擇並使用。此外,寡聚物之重量平均分子量可藉由聚合引發劑、鏈轉移劑之使用量、反應條件來控制,並因應該等之種類來適當地調整其使用量。 上述鏈轉移劑可舉例如月桂基硫醇、環氧丙基硫醇、巰乙酸、2-巰基乙醇、α-硫甘油、氫硫乙酸、氫硫乙酸2-乙基己酯、2,3-二巰基-1-丙醇等。鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種,亦可混合2種以上使用。鏈轉移劑之使用量可因應可用於寡聚物之合成的單體成分之組成或鏈轉移劑之種類等,設定成可獲得所期望之重量平均分子量的寡聚物。在數個態樣中,鏈轉移劑相對於可用於寡聚物之合成的單體之總量100重量份的使用量設為大約15重量份以下是適當的,可為10重量份以下,亦可為5重量份左右以下。鏈轉移劑相對於可用於寡聚物之合成的單體之總量100重量份之使用量的下限無特別限制,例如可為0.01重量份以上,可為0.1重量份以上,可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1重量份以上。 In the aspect where an oligomer is used as the additive (H RO ), the oligomer can be obtained by polymerizing the corresponding monomer component by a known method. When the above-mentioned oligomer is produced by radical polymerization, a polymerization initiator, a chain transfer agent, an emulsifier, etc. which can be used for radical polymerization are appropriately added to the above-mentioned monomer components, and the polymerization is carried out. The above-mentioned polymerization initiators, chain transfer agents, emulsifiers and the like that can be used for radical polymerization are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected and used. In addition, the weight-average molecular weight of the oligomer can be controlled by the usage amount of the polymerization initiator and the chain transfer agent, and the reaction conditions, and the usage amount can be appropriately adjusted according to the types of these. The chain transfer agent mentioned above can be, for example, lauryl mercaptan, epoxypropyl mercaptan, thioglycolic acid, 2-mercaptoethanol, α-thioglycerol, hydrogen thioacetic acid, 2-ethylhexyl hydrogen thioacetate, 2,3- Dimercapto-1-propanol, etc. A chain transfer agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may mix and use 2 or more types. The usage-amount of a chain transfer agent can be set so that the oligomer of desired weight average molecular weight can be obtained according to the composition of the monomer component which can be used for the synthesis of an oligomer, the kind of chain transfer agent, etc. In several aspects, it is appropriate to set the amount of the chain transfer agent to about 15 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers that can be used in the synthesis of oligomers, and it may be 10 parts by weight or less, or About 5 parts by weight or less may be sufficient. The lower limit of the usage amount of the chain transfer agent is not particularly limited with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total amount of monomers that can be used in the synthesis of oligomers. For example, it may be 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.5 parts by weight. The above may be 1 part by weight or more.

添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量(使用複數種化合物時為其等之合計量)若大於0重量份則無特別限定,可按目的設定。在數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可設為例如80重量份以下,而由平衡兼顧黏著劑之高折射率化與抑制黏著特性或光學特性降低之觀點來看,設為60重量份以下是有利的,宜設為45重量份以下。在更重視黏著特性或光學特性之數個態樣中,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量例如可為30重量份以下,可為20重量份以下,可為15重量以下,亦可為10重量份以下。又,由黏著劑之高折射率化之觀點來看,添加劑(H RO)相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可設為例如1重量份以上,設為3重量份以上是有利的,宜設為5重量份以上,可為7重量份以上,可為10重量份以上,可為15重量份以上,亦可為20重量份以上。 The amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer (the total amount when a plurality of compounds are used) is not particularly limited if it exceeds 0 parts by weight, and can be set according to the purpose. In several aspects, the amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be set to, for example, 80 parts by weight or less, so that the high refractive index of the adhesive and the suppression of adhesion properties or optical properties can be balanced. From the viewpoint of property degradation, it is advantageous to set it as 60 parts by weight or less, and it is preferably 45 parts by weight or less. In several aspects where more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties or optical properties, the amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 30 parts by weight or less, 20 parts by weight or less, or 15 parts by weight. It may be less than or equal to 10 parts by weight. Also, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, the amount of the additive (H RO ) relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer can be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, and it is advantageous to set it as 3 parts by weight or more , should be more than 5 parts by weight, may be more than 7 parts by weight, may be more than 10 parts by weight, may be more than 15 parts by weight, may be more than 20 parts by weight.

(交聯劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中可為了調整黏著劑之凝集力等,視需求含有交聯劑。交聯劑可使用異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑、吖𠰂系交聯劑、㗁唑啉系交聯劑、三聚氰胺系樹脂、金屬螯合物系交聯劑等在黏著劑領域中公知之交聯劑。其中,可適宜採用異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑。作為交聯劑之其他例,可舉1分子內具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之單體,亦即多官能性單體。交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。 (crosslinking agent) The adhesive composition disclosed herein may optionally contain a crosslinking agent in order to adjust the cohesive force of the adhesive or the like. The cross-linking agent can use isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, epoxy-based cross-linking agent, acridine-based cross-linking agent, oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, melamine-based resin, metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, etc. in the field of adhesives A well-known crosslinking agent in China. Among these, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and an epoxy-based crosslinking agent can be suitably used. As another example of the crosslinking agent, a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, that is, a polyfunctional monomer may be mentioned. A crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

異氰酸酯系交聯劑可使用2官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉例如:三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、伸丁基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯(PDI)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)、二體酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族聚異氰酸酯類;伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)、1,3-雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己烷等脂環族異氰酸酯類;2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、伸茬基二異氰酸酯(XDI)等芳香族異氰酸酯類;經將異氰酸酯化合物藉由脲甲酸酯鍵、縮二脲鍵、三聚異氰酸酯鍵、脲二酮鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵、脲酮亞胺鍵、㗁二𠯤三酮鍵等改質之聚異氰酸酯改質體(例如HDI之三聚異氰酸酯體、HDI之脲甲酸酯體等)等。市售物之例可列舉:商品名TAKENATE 300S、TAKENATE 500、TAKENATE 600、TAKENATE D165N、TAKENATE D178N、TAKENATE D178NL(以上,三井化學公司製)、Sumidur T80、Sumidur L、Desmodur N3400(以上,Sumika Bayer Urethane公司製)、Millionate MR、Millionate MT、Coronate L、Coronate HL、Coronate HX、Coronate 2770(以上,Tosoh公司製)、商品名Duranate A201H(以上,旭化成公司製)等。異氰酸酯化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。亦可併用2官能之異氰酸酯化合物與3官能以上之異氰酸酯化合物。The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can use isocyanate compounds with more than two functions, such as: trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), Aliphatic polyisocyanates such as dimer acid diisocyanate; cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane Alicyclic isocyanates such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, stubble diisocyanate (XDI) and other aromatic isocyanates; Modified polyisocyanate modified by ester bond, biuret bond, isocyanurate bond, uretdione bond, urea bond, carbodiimide bond, uretonimine bond, diketone bond, etc. (such as HDI trimeric isocyanate body, HDI alloformate body, etc.), etc. Examples of commercially available products include: trade names TAKENATE 300S, TAKENATE 500, TAKENATE 600, TAKENATE D165N, TAKENATE D178N, TAKENATE D178NL (above, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (above, Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX, Coronate 2770 (above, manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), brand name Duranate A201H (above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.), etc. An isocyanate compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound may also be used together.

環氧系交聯劑可列舉例如:雙酚A、環氧氯丙烷型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基環氧丙基醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、甘油二環氧丙基醚、甘油三環氧丙基醚、1,6-己二醇環氧丙基醚、三羥甲丙烷三環氧丙基醚、二環氧丙基苯胺、二胺基環氧丙基胺、N,N,N',N'-四環氧丙基-間茬二胺及1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Epoxy-based crosslinking agents include, for example, bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy-based resins, ethylidene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl Ether, Glycerin Triglycidyl Ether, 1,6-Hexanediol Glycidyl Ether, Trimethylolpropane Triglycidyl Ether, Diglycidylaniline, Diaminoglycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraepoxypropyl-stubble diamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

多官能性單體可列舉例如:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二乙烯苯、雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、胺甲酸酯丙烯酸酯、丁基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。多官能性單體可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate , Neopentyl Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Di(Meth)acrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Tri(Meth)acrylate, DiNeopentyl Glycol Hexa(Meth)acrylate, Ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate base) acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, Epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, etc. A polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

在數個態樣中,交聯劑之至少一部分可使用每分子具有2個交聯反應性基(例如異氰酸酯基)之2官能交聯劑。藉由使用2官能交聯劑,容易形成柔軟之交聯結構。2官能交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。又,2官能交聯劑亦可與3官能以上之交聯劑併用。In several aspects, a bifunctional crosslinking agent having two crosslinking reactive groups (for example, isocyanate groups) per molecule can be used as at least a part of the crosslinking agent. By using a bifunctional cross-linking agent, it is easy to form a flexible cross-linked structure. The bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, a bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher crosslinking agent.

在數個態樣中,交聯劑可適宜使用不具芳香環、脂肪族環等環結構之非環式交聯劑(亦稱鏈狀交聯劑)。例如,上述異氰酸酯系交聯劑中,宜使用不具芳香環及三聚異氰酸酯環等環結構之異氰酸酯系化合物。藉由使用非環式異氰酸酯系化合物作為交聯劑,容易形成柔軟性高之交聯劑。上述非環式異氰酸酯之具體例可舉:脂肪族異氰酸酯系化合物(例如PDI或HDI)、或脂肪族異氰酸酯系化合物之改質體(例如PDI或HDI之經脲甲酸酯鍵、縮二脲鍵、脲鍵、碳二亞胺鍵改質之聚異氰酸酯改質體)。非環式交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個理想態樣中,可使用非環式2官能交聯劑作為交聯劑。In several aspects, the cross-linking agent may suitably be an acyclic cross-linking agent (also called a chain cross-linking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. For example, among the above-mentioned isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, it is preferable to use isocyanate-based compounds that do not have ring structures such as aromatic rings and isocyanurate rings. By using an acyclic isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent, it is easy to form a highly flexible crosslinking agent. Specific examples of the above-mentioned acyclic isocyanates include: aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (such as PDI or HDI), or modified products of aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (such as PDI or HDI via allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, etc.) , urea bond, carbodiimide bond modified polyisocyanate modified body). The acyclic crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In several desirable aspects, acyclic bifunctional crosslinkers can be used as crosslinkers.

在數個態樣中,可使用1分子中之一交聯反應性基(例如異氰酸酯基)與其他一交聯反應性基之距離較長的交聯劑作為交聯劑。藉此,可形成具有預定以上長度之柔軟的交聯結構。例如,可將交聯劑1分子中構成一連結交聯反應性基與其他交聯反應性基之連結鏈的原子之數量為10以上(例如12以上或14以上)的化合物作為交聯劑使用。上述連結鏈構成原子數的上限可因應目的藉由聚合等來調製,因此無特別限定,例如為2000以下,可為1000以下,可為500以下,可為100以下,可為50以下,可為30以下,亦可為20以下。此外,上述連結交聯反應性基之連結鏈構成原子數意指在交聯劑1分子中,從一交聯反應性基到達其他交聯反應性基(具有3個以上交聯反應性基時,為最靠近上述一交聯反應性基的交聯反應性基)所需之最小原子之數量。具有上述連結鏈之交聯劑可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。在數個理想態樣中,可使用非環式2官能交聯劑作為上述交聯劑。上述交聯劑之市售物例可舉商品名Coronate 2770(Tosoh公司製)、商品名TAKENATE D178NL(三井化學公司製)、商品名Duranate A201H(旭化成公司製)等。In several aspects, a cross-linking agent having a longer distance between one cross-linking reactive group (such as isocyanate group) and the other cross-linking reactive group in one molecule can be used as the cross-linking agent. Thereby, a flexible cross-linked structure having a predetermined length or more can be formed. For example, a compound having 10 or more atoms (for example, 12 or more or 14 or more) constituting a linking chain linking a crosslinking reactive group and other crosslinking reactive groups in one molecule of the crosslinking agent can be used as a crosslinking agent . The upper limit of the number of atoms constituting the linking chain can be adjusted according to the purpose by polymerization or the like, so it is not particularly limited, for example, it can be 2000 or less, it can be 1000 or less, it can be 500 or less, it can be 100 or less, it can be 50 or less, it can be 30 or less, or 20 or less. In addition, the above-mentioned number of atoms constituting the linking chain linking the crosslinking reactive group means that in one molecule of the crosslinking agent, from one crosslinking reactive group to another crosslinking reactive group (when there are 3 or more crosslinking reactive groups) , is the minimum number of atoms required for the cross-linking reactive group closest to the above-mentioned one cross-linking reactive group). The crosslinking agent which has the said linking chain can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In several desirable aspects, an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used as the above crosslinking agent. Examples of commercially available crosslinking agents include Coronate 2770 (manufactured by Tosoh), TAKENATE D178NL (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), and Duranate A201H (manufactured by Asahi Kasei).

使用交聯劑(可為多官能性單體)時之使用量無特別限定,例如可相對於上述單體成分100重量份設為0.001重量份~5.0重量份左右之範圍。由提升對被黏著體之密著性之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量宜為3.0重量份以下,較宜為2.0重量份以下,可為1.0重量份以下,可為0.5重量份以下,亦可為0.2重量份以下。又,由適當發揮交聯劑之使用效果之觀點來看,在數個態樣中,交聯劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量例如可為0.005重量份以上,可為0.01重量份以上,可為0.05重量份以上,可為0.08重量份以上,可為0.1重量份以上,可為0.2重量份以上,亦可為0.4重量份以上。The amount used when using a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer) is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, in the range of about 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend, in several aspects, the amount of the crosslinking agent used is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component , may be 1.0 parts by weight or less, may be 0.5 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.2 parts by weight or less. Also, from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of the crosslinking agent, in several aspects, the amount of the crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.01 parts by weight. The above may be 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, or 0.4 parts by weight or more.

為了使交聯反應更有效地進行,亦可使用交聯觸媒。交聯觸媒之例可舉:鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、四乙醯丙酮鋯、乙醯丙酮鐵(III)、丁基錫氧化物、二月桂酸二辛錫等金屬系交聯觸媒等。其中又以二月桂酸二辛錫等錫系交聯觸媒為佳。交聯觸媒之使用量無特別限制。考量到交聯反應速度之快慢與黏著劑組成物使用期限之長短之平衡,交聯觸媒相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量例如可設為大約0.0001重量份以上且1重量份以下之範圍,宜設為0.001重量份以上且0.5重量份以下之範圍。In order to carry out the crosslinking reaction more efficiently, a crosslinking catalyst may also be used. Examples of cross-linking catalysts include metals such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, zirconium tetraacetylacetonate, iron (III) acetylacetonate, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Cross-linking catalyst, etc. Among them, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The usage amount of the cross-linking catalyst is not particularly limited. In consideration of the balance between the speed of the cross-linking reaction and the length of service life of the adhesive composition, the amount of the cross-linking catalyst relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component can be set at about 0.0001 part by weight or more and less than 1 part by weight. The range is preferably in the range of 0.001 part by weight or more and 0.5 part by weight or less.

黏著劑組成物中可含有可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物作為交聯延遲劑。藉此,可實現延長黏著劑組成物之使用期限的效果。例如,可在包含異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組成物中,適宜利用可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可使用各種β-二羰基化合物。例如可適宜採用β-二酮類(乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮等)或乙醯乙酸酯類(乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯等)。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。可產生酮-烯醇互變異構性之化合物的使用量,相對於單體成分100重量份,可設為例如0.1重量份以上且20重量份以下,可設為0.5重量份以上且10重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以上且5重量份以下。The adhesive composition may contain a compound capable of producing keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retarder. Thereby, the effect of prolonging the service life of the adhesive composition can be achieved. For example, a compound capable of producing keto-enol tautomerism can be suitably used in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds capable of keto-enol tautomerism. For example, β-diketones (acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) or acetylacetate esters (methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, etc.) can be suitably used. Compounds capable of keto-enol tautomerism can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound capable of producing keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, or 0.5 to 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. Below, it may be 1 weight part or more and 5 weight part or less.

(賦黏劑) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中亦可含有賦黏劑。賦黏劑可使用松香系增黏樹脂、萜系增黏樹脂、酚系增黏樹脂、烴系增黏樹脂、酮系增黏樹脂、聚醯胺系增黏樹脂、環氧系增黏樹脂、彈性體系增黏樹脂等公知的增黏樹脂。該等可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。增黏樹脂之使用量無特別限定,可按目的及用途來設定成能發揮適當之黏著性能。在數個態樣中,由折射率或透明性之觀點來看,賦黏劑相對於單體成分100重量份之使用量設為30重量份以下是適當的,宜設為10重量份以下,較宜設為5重量份以下。在此揭示之技術可適宜在不使用賦黏劑之態樣下實施。 (tackifier) Adhesives may also be included in the adhesive compositions disclosed herein. As the tackifier, rosin-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifying resins, ketone-based tackifying resins, polyamide-based tackifying resins, epoxy-based tackifying resins, Known tackifying resins such as elastic system tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The amount of tackifying resin used is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose and application so that it can exert appropriate adhesive performance. In several aspects, from the viewpoint of refractive index or transparency, it is appropriate to use an amount of the tackifier relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component to be 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less, It is more preferable to set it as 5 weight part or less. The technique disclosed here can be suitably implemented without using a tackifier.

(調平劑) 在數個態樣中,黏著劑組成物中可為了提升由該組成物形成之黏著劑層的外觀(例如提升厚度之均一性)或提升黏著劑組成物之塗敷性等,視需求含有調平劑。調平劑之非限定之例可舉丙烯酸系調平劑、氟系調平劑、聚矽氧系調平劑等。調平劑例如可從市售之調平劑選擇適當之物,利用常法來使用。 (leveling agent) In several aspects, in order to improve the appearance of the adhesive layer formed by the composition (for example, to improve the uniformity of thickness) or to improve the applicability of the adhesive composition, etc., the adhesive composition may contain adjusting leveling agent. Non-limiting examples of leveling agents include acrylic leveling agents, fluorine leveling agents, and silicone leveling agents. As a leveling agent, for example, an appropriate one can be selected from commercially available leveling agents, and it can be used by a normal method.

在數個態樣中,上述調平劑可適宜使用以下聚合物(以下亦稱「聚合物(B)」),其為包含具有聚有機矽氧烷骨架之單體(以下亦稱「單體S1」)與丙烯酸系單體之單體原料(以下亦稱「單體原料B」)的聚合物。聚合物(B)可稱為單體S1與丙烯酸系單體之共聚物。聚合物(B)可單獨使用一種或組合二種以上來使用。In several aspects, the above-mentioned leveling agent can suitably use the following polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer (B)"), which is a monomer comprising a polyorganosiloxane skeleton (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (B)") S1") and acrylic monomer monomer raw material (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer raw material B") polymer. Polymer (B) may be referred to as a copolymer of monomer S1 and an acrylic monomer. A polymer (B) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體S1無特別限定,可使用含有聚有機矽氧烷骨架之任意單體。單體S1可適宜使用於一末端具有聚合性反應基之結構者。其中,可適宜採用於一末端具有聚合性反應基且於另一末端不具有與丙烯酸系聚合物產生交聯反應之官能基之結構的單體S1。市售物可舉例如信越化學工業公司製之一末端反應性聚矽氧油(例如X-22-174ASX、X-22-2426、X-22-2475、KF-2012等之型號)。單體S1可單獨使用一種或組合二種以上來使用。The monomer S1 is not particularly limited, and any monomer having a polyorganosiloxane skeleton can be used. Monomer S1 can be suitably used as a structure having a polymerizable reactive group at one end. Among them, the monomer S1 having a structure having a polymerizable reactive group at one end and having no functional group having a crosslinking reaction with an acrylic polymer at the other end can be suitably used. Commercially available products include, for example, terminally reactive polysiloxane oils manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. (such as models X-22-174ASX, X-22-2426, X-22-2475, KF-2012, etc.). Monomer S1 can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

單體S1之官能基當量例如可為100g/mol~30000g/mol左右。在數個理想態樣中,上述官能基當量例如為500g/mol以上,可為800g/mol以上,可為1500g/mol以上,亦可為2000g/mol以上。又,上述官能基當量例如可為20000g/mol以下,可小於10000g/mol,可為7000g/mol以下,亦可為5500g/mol以下。單體S1之官能基當量若在上述範圍內,便容易發揮良好之調平效果。 此外,使用官能基當量相異之二種以上單體作為單體S1時,單體S1之官能基當量可使用各種類之單體的官能基當量與該單體之重量分率的乘積總和。 The functional group equivalent weight of the monomer S1 may be, for example, about 100 g/mol to 30000 g/mol. In several ideal aspects, the equivalent weight of the above-mentioned functional groups is, for example, 500 g/mol or more, may be 800 g/mol or more, may be 1500 g/mol or more, or may be 2000 g/mol or more. In addition, the above-mentioned functional group equivalent may be, for example, 20000 g/mol or less, may be less than 10000 g/mol, may be 7000 g/mol or less, or may be 5500 g/mol or less. If the functional group equivalent weight of the monomer S1 is within the above range, it is easy to exert a good leveling effect. In addition, when using two or more monomers with different functional group equivalents as the monomer S1, the functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 can be the sum of the products of the functional group equivalents of various types of monomers and the weight fraction of the monomers.

在此,「官能基當量」意指與每個官能基鍵結之主骨架(例如聚二甲基矽氧烷)的重量。有關標記單位g/mol係換算成官能基1mol。單體S1之官能基當量例如可從根據核磁共振(NMR)之 1H-NMR(質子NMR)之光譜強度算出。根據 1H-NMR之光譜強度進行之單體S1之官能基當量(g/mol)的計算,可根據有關 1H-NMR光譜解析之一般結構解析手法,且若有需要即參照日本專利第5951153號公報之記載來進行。在單體S1之官能基當量中,上述官能基意指聚合性官能基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基等乙烯性不飽和基)。 Here, "functional group equivalent" means the weight of the main skeleton (such as polydimethylsiloxane) bonded to each functional group. The related marking unit g/mol is converted into 1 mol of functional group. The functional group equivalent of the monomer S1 can be calculated from the spectral intensity of 1 H-NMR (proton NMR) of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), for example. The functional group equivalent (g/mol) of monomer S1 based on the spectral intensity of 1 H-NMR can be calculated according to the general structure analysis method related to 1 H-NMR spectral analysis, and if necessary, refer to Japanese Patent No. 5951153 It shall be carried out according to the records in the Publication No. In the functional group equivalent of the monomer S1, the above-mentioned functional group means a polymerizable functional group (for example, ethylenically unsaturated groups such as (meth)acryl, vinyl, and allyl).

單體原料B中之單體S1之含量可在使用該單體S1能發揮所期望之效果的範圍內採用適當之值,不受特定範圍所限。在數個態樣中,單體原料B中之單體S1之含量例如可為5~60重量%,可為10~50重量%,亦可為15~40重量%。The content of the monomer S1 in the monomer raw material B can take an appropriate value within the range in which the desired effect can be exhibited by using the monomer S1, and is not limited to a specific range. In several aspects, the content of the monomer S1 in the monomer raw material B may be, for example, 5 to 60% by weight, 10 to 50% by weight, or 15 to 40% by weight.

單體原料B除單體S1外,還包含可與單體S1共聚之丙烯酸系單體。藉此,可改善聚合物(B)在黏著劑層內之相溶性。可用於單體原料B之丙烯酸系單體可舉例如丙烯酸烷基酯。此處所提「烷基」係指鏈狀(包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀)烷基(基),而不包含後述脂環式烴基。在數個態樣中,單體原料B可含有(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-12烷基酯(宜為(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-10烷基酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸C 6-10烷基酯)之至少一種。在其他數個態樣中,單體原料B可含有甲基丙烯酸C 1-18烷基酯(宜為甲基丙烯酸C 1-14烷基酯,例如(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-10烷基酯)之至少一種。單體原料B例如可包含選自甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)及甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHMA)中之一種或二種以上作為丙烯酸系單體。 The monomer raw material B includes, in addition to the monomer S1, an acrylic monomer that can be copolymerized with the monomer S1. Thereby, the compatibility of a polymer (B) in an adhesive layer can be improved. Acrylic monomers that can be used as the monomer raw material B include, for example, alkyl acrylates. The "alkyl group" mentioned here refers to a chain (including straight chain and branched chain) alkyl (group), and does not include the alicyclic hydrocarbon group described later. In several aspects, the monomer raw material B may contain a C 4-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate (preferably a C 4-10 alkyl (meth)acrylate, such as a C 6- 10 alkyl esters). In several other aspects, monomer raw material B may contain C 1-18 alkyl methacrylate (preferably C 1-14 alkyl methacrylate, such as C 1-10 alkyl (meth)acrylate ester) at least one. Monomer raw material B may include, for example, one or two or more selected from methyl methacrylate (MMA), n-butyl methacrylate (BMA) and 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA) as an acrylic monomer.

上述丙烯酸系單體之其他例可舉具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。例如可使用(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯等。亦可不使用具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Other examples of the above-mentioned acrylic monomers include (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. For example, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate Esters etc. A (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group may not be used.

單體原料B中具有上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及上述脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之含量例如可為10重量%以上且95重量%以下,可為20重量%以上且95重量%以下,可為30重量%以上且90重量%以下,可為40重量%以上且90重量%以下,亦可為50重量%以上且85重量%以下。The content of the (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate and the above-mentioned alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the monomer raw material B may be, for example, 10% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less, or may be 20% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less, 30% by weight or more and 90% by weight or less, 40% by weight or more and 90% by weight or less, or 50% by weight or more and 85% by weight or less.

可與單體S1一同包含於單體原料B之單體的其他例可舉:作為可用於丙烯酸系聚合物而於上述所例示之含羧基單體、含酸酐基單體、含羥基單體、含環氧基單體、含氰基單體、含異氰酸酯基單體、含醯胺基單體、具有含氮原子環之單體、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基烷基酯類、乙烯酯類、乙烯基醚類、烯烴類、具有芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含鹵素原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Other examples of monomers that can be included in monomer raw material B together with monomer S1 include carboxyl group-containing monomers, acid anhydride group-containing monomers, hydroxyl-containing monomers, Epoxy-containing monomers, cyano-containing monomers, isocyanate-containing monomers, amide-containing monomers, monomers with nitrogen atom rings, aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates, vinyl esters , vinyl ethers, olefins, (meth)acrylates with aromatic hydrocarbon groups, (meth)acrylates with halogen atoms, etc.

聚合物(B)之Mw例如可為5,000以上,宜為10,000以上,亦可為15,000以上。又,聚合物(B)之Mw例如可為200,000以下,宜為100,000以下,可為50,000以下,亦可為30,000以下。藉由將聚合物(B)之Mw設定在適當範圍內,可發揮良好之相溶性及調平性。The Mw of the polymer (B) may be, for example, not less than 5,000, preferably not less than 10,000, and may be not less than 15,000. Also, the Mw of the polymer (B) may be, for example, 200,000 or less, preferably 100,000 or less, 50,000 or less, or 30,000 or less. By setting the Mw of the polymer (B) within an appropriate range, good compatibility and leveling properties can be exhibited.

聚合物(B)例如可藉由溶液聚合法、乳化聚合法、整體聚合法、懸浮聚合法、光聚合法等公知之手法使上述單體聚合來製作。 為了調整聚合物(B)之分子量,可因應需求使用鏈轉移劑。所使用之鏈轉移劑之例可舉:三級十二基硫醇、巰乙醇、α-硫甘油等具有巰基之化合物;氫硫乙酸、氫硫乙酸甲酯等氫硫乙酸酯類;α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等。鏈轉移劑之使用量無特別限制,可適當設定成可獲得具有所期望之分子量的聚合物(B)。在數個態樣中,鏈轉移劑相對於單體100重量份之使用量例如可為0.1~5重量份,可為0.2~3重量份,亦可為0.5~2重量份。 The polymer (B) can be produced, for example, by polymerizing the above-mentioned monomers by known methods such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization. In order to adjust the molecular weight of the polymer (B), a chain transfer agent may be used as needed. Examples of chain transfer agents used include: tertiary dodecyl mercaptan, mercaptoethanol, α-thioglycerol and other compounds with mercapto groups; hydrogen thioacetates such as hydrogen thioacetic acid and methyl hydrogen thioacetate; Methylstyrene dimer, etc. The usage-amount of a chain transfer agent is not specifically limited, It can set suitably so that the polymer (B) which has a desired molecular weight can be obtained. In several aspects, the amount of the chain transfer agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomers may be, for example, 0.1-5 parts by weight, 0.2-3 parts by weight, or 0.5-2 parts by weight.

聚合物(B)相對丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份之使用量可設為例如0.001重量份以上,而由獲得更高之使用效果之觀點來看,可設為0.01重量份以上,亦可設為0.03重量份以上。又,上述聚合物(B)之使用量例如可為3重量份以下,而由減輕對折射率之影響之觀點來看,設為1重量份以下是適當的,可為0.5重量份以下,亦可為0.1重量份以下。在此揭示之技術可在黏著劑組成物實質上不含聚合物(B)之態樣下實施。The usage-amount of polymer (B) can be 0.001 weight part or more with respect to 100 weight part of acrylic polymers, and can be 0.01 weight part or more from a viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect, and can also be 0.01 weight part or more. 0.03 parts by weight or more. In addition, the amount of the polymer (B) used may be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of reducing the influence on the refractive index, it is appropriate to set it as 1 part by weight or less, and it may be 0.5 parts by weight or less. It may be 0.1 weight part or less. The technique disclosed here can be carried out in a state where the adhesive composition does not substantially contain the polymer (B).

(高折射率粒子) 在此揭示之黏著劑組成物中可含有高折射率粒子作為任意成分。在此,高折射率粒子意指可藉由使黏著劑含有其來提高該黏著劑之折射率的粒子。以下,有將高折射率粒子表記為「粒子P HRI」之情形。HRI係high refractive index(高折射率)之意。 (High Refractive Index Particles) The adhesive composition disclosed herein may contain high refractive index particles as an optional component. Here, the high-refractive-index particles mean particles that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive by including them in the adhesive. Hereinafter, high refractive index particles may be described as "particles P HRI ". HRI means high refractive index (high refractive index).

粒子P HRI例如可使用由具有1.60以上、宜為1.70以上(可為1.80以上、可為1.90以上、更可為2.00以上)之折射率的材料所構成之粒子的1種或2種以上。構成粒子P HRI之材料之折射率的上限無特別限定,可為例如3.00以下,可為2.80以下,可為2.50以下,可為2.20以下,亦可為2.00以下。構成粒子P HRI之材料的折射率係針對該材料的單層膜(採用可進行折射率測定之膜厚),使用市售之分光橢圓偏光儀,在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定之折射率。分光橢圓偏光儀例如可使用製品名「EC-400」(JA.Woolam公司製)或其等效品。 For the particle P HRI , for example, one or two or more types of particles made of materials having a refractive index of 1.60 or more, preferably 1.70 or more (maybe 1.80 or more, may be 1.90 or more, and may be 2.00 or more) may be used. The upper limit of the refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.80 or less, 2.50 or less, 2.20 or less, or 2.00 or less. The refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI is based on a single-layer film of the material (using a film thickness that can be measured for the refractive index), using a commercially available spectroscopic ellipsometer, under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C Refractive index for measurement. As the spectroscopic ellipsometer, for example, a product name "EC-400" (manufactured by JA. Woolam Co., Ltd.) or an equivalent thereof can be used.

粒子P HRI之種類無特別限定,可從金屬粒子、金屬化合物粒子、有機粒子、有機-無機複合物粒子中選定可提升黏著劑之折射率的材料之1種或2種以上來使用。粒子P HRI可從無機氧化物(例如金屬氧化物)中適宜使用可提升黏著片之折射率者。構成粒子P HRI之材料的適宜例可舉氧化鈦(titania、TiO 2)、氧化鋯(zirconia、ZrO 2)、氧化鋁、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化銅、鈦酸鋇、氧化鈮(Nb 2O 5等)等之無機氧化物(具體上為金屬氧化物)。由該等無機氧化物(例如金屬氧化物)構成之粒子可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上來使用。其中宜為由氧化鈦或氧化鋯構成之粒子,且由氧化鋯構成之粒子尤佳。又,金屬粒子方面,例如鐵系或鋅系、鎢系、白金系之材料可具有高折射率。有機粒子方面,由苯乙烯系樹脂、酚樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂等樹脂構成之粒子的折射率相對較高。有機-無機複合物粒子可舉以上述無機材料與有機材料之複合物或樹脂等有機材料被覆無機粒子者等。由與黏著劑成分之相溶性之觀點來看,粒子P HRI亦可使用上述有機、無機粒子藉由表面處理劑進行表面處理者。 The type of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, and one or more materials that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive can be selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. The particle P HRI can be suitably used among inorganic oxides (such as metal oxides) that can increase the refractive index of the adhesive sheet. Suitable examples of materials constituting the particle P HRI include titanium oxide (titania, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconia, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, niobium oxide (Nb 2 O 5 , etc.) and other inorganic oxides (specifically, metal oxides). Particles composed of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, particles made of titanium oxide or zirconia are preferable, and particles made of zirconia are particularly preferable. In addition, metal particles, such as iron-based or zinc-based, tungsten-based, and platinum-based materials can have a high refractive index. Regarding organic particles, particles made of resins such as styrene-based resins, phenol resins, polyester-based resins, and polycarbonate-based resins have a relatively high refractive index. Examples of organic-inorganic composite particles include inorganic particles coated with an organic material such as a composite of the above-mentioned inorganic material and organic material, or a resin. From the viewpoint of compatibility with the adhesive components, the particle P HRI can also use the above-mentioned organic and inorganic particles that have been surface-treated with a surface treatment agent.

粒子P HRI之平均粒徑無特別限定,可使用藉由使黏著劑含有其而可實現所期望之折射率提升之適當尺寸之粒子。粒子P HRI之平均粒徑例如可設為大約1nm以上,為大約5nm以上是適當的。由提升折射率或處理性等觀點來看,粒子P HRI之平均粒徑宜為大約10nm以上,可為大約20nm以上,亦可為大約30nm以上。又,由維持黏著特性等觀點來看,上述平均粒徑的上限例如大約300nm以下是適當的;而由折射率提升之觀點來看,宜為大約100nm以下,較宜為大約70nm以下,更宜為大約50nm以下,亦可為大約35nm以下(例如大約25nm以下)。 The average particle diameter of the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and particles of an appropriate size that can achieve a desired increase in the refractive index can be used by including the binder. The average particle diameter of the particles P HRI can be set to, for example, about 1 nm or more, and it is suitable to be about 5 nm or more. The average particle size of the particles P HRI is preferably not less than about 10 nm, may be not less than about 20 nm, or may be not less than about 30 nm, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index or handling properties. Also, from the standpoint of maintaining adhesive properties, the upper limit of the average particle size is, for example, about 300 nm or less; and from the standpoint of increasing the refractive index, it is preferably about 100 nm or less, more preferably about 70 nm or less. It is about 50 nm or less, or about 35 nm or less (for example, about 25 nm or less).

此外,上述粒子P HRI之平均粒徑係指體積平均粒徑,具體而言,係指使用根據雷射散射繞射法之粒度分布測定裝置,針對粒子P HRI分散液測定之粒度分布中累積值50%之粒徑(50%體積平均粒徑;以下有簡稱為D 50之情形)。測定裝置可使用例如MicrotracBEL公司製之製品名「Microtrac MT3000II」或其等效品。 In addition, the average particle diameter of the above-mentioned particle P HRI refers to the volume average particle diameter, specifically, refers to the cumulative value in the particle size distribution measured for the particle P HRI dispersion liquid using a particle size distribution measuring device based on the laser scattering diffraction method. 50% particle size (50% volume average particle size; hereinafter referred to as D 50 ). As the measurement device, for example, "Microtrac MT3000II" manufactured by MicrotracBEL or its equivalent can be used.

黏著劑組成物中之粒子P HRI之含量無特別限定。上述粒子P HRI之含量可因應目標之折射率而不同。例如,上述粒子P HRI之含量可考慮所要求之黏著特性等來適當設定成可成為預定以上之折射率。在數個態樣中,黏著劑組成物中之粒子P HRI之含量可設為在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中,例如大約75重量%以下,而由黏著特性或透明性之觀點來看,可設為大約50重量%以下,亦可設為大約30重量%以下。粒子P HRI之含量的下限無特別限制,例如可大於0重量%,可為1重量%以上,亦可為5重量%以上。在其他數個態樣中,黏著劑組成物中之粒子P HRI之含量在由該黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑中,例如小於10重量%,可小於1重量%,亦可小於0.1重量%。在此揭示之技術可在黏著劑組成物實質上不含粒子P HRI之態樣下實施。 The content of particle P HRI in the adhesive composition is not particularly limited. The content of the particle P HRI mentioned above may vary according to the refractive index of the object. For example, the content of the particle P HRI described above can be appropriately set in consideration of the required adhesive properties and the like so that the refractive index can become a predetermined value or more. In several aspects, the content of the particles P HRI in the adhesive composition can be set in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, for example, about 75% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesive properties or transparency From the point of view, it can be set to about 50% by weight or less, and can also be set to about 30% by weight or less. The lower limit of the content of particle P HRI is not particularly limited, for example, it may be greater than 0% by weight, may be more than 1% by weight, or may be more than 5% by weight. In several other aspects, the content of the particle P HRI in the adhesive composition in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, for example, is less than 10% by weight, may be less than 1% by weight, or may be less than 0.1% by weight . The technique disclosed here can be implemented in the state that the adhesive composition does not substantially contain particle P HRI .

黏著劑中之粒子P HRI之含量亦可藉由與該黏著劑所含之丙烯酸系聚合物之量的相對關係來特定。相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份,粒子P HRI之含量可設為例如大約100重量份以下,而由黏著特性或透明性之觀點來看可設為大約60重量份以下,亦可設為大約40重量份以下。粒子P HRI之含量的下限無特別限制,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份,例如可大於0重量份,可為1重量份以上,亦可為5重量份以上。在數個態樣中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份,粒子P HRI之含量例如小於30重量份,可小於10重量份,可小於1重量份,亦可小於0.1重量份。 The content of particle P HRI in the adhesive can also be specified in relation to the amount of acrylic polymer contained in the adhesive. With respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer, the content of the particle P HRI can be set to, for example, about 100 parts by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesive properties or transparency, it can be set to about 60 parts by weight or less, or it can be set to about 100 parts by weight or less. 40 parts by weight or less. The lower limit of the content of the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be greater than 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. In several aspects, relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer, the content of particle PHRI is, for example, less than 30 parts by weight, may be less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, or may be less than 0.1 parts by weight.

(其他添加劑) 除此之外,在此揭示之黏著劑組成物亦可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求包含有軟化劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、充填劑、抗靜電劑、抗老化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、防腐劑等可使用於黏著劑組成物之公知的添加劑。又,除了在此揭示之塑化劑外,亦可包含有公知之塑化劑(例如鄰苯二甲酸酯系、對苯二甲酸酯系、己二酸酯系、己二酸系聚酯、苯甲酸乙二醇酯等)或液態莰烯酚等塑化材料之1種或2種以上。針對所述各種添加劑,可依常法使用以往公知者,而無特別賦予本發明任何特徵,故省略詳細說明。 (other additives) In addition, the adhesive composition disclosed here may also include softeners, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, antistatic agents, anti-aging Well-known additives such as UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, and preservatives can be used in the adhesive composition. Also, in addition to the plasticizers disclosed here, known plasticizers (such as phthalate-based, terephthalate-based, adipate-based, adipate-based polymers, etc.) may also be included. One or more plasticizing materials such as ester, ethylene glycol benzoate, etc.) or liquid camphenol. As for the above-mentioned various additives, conventionally known ones can be used according to conventional methods, and since they do not give any characteristics to the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

<黏著劑> 在此揭示之黏著劑例如可使用上述任一黏著劑組成物來形成。所述黏著劑可為藉由乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等使溶劑型、活性能量線硬化型、水分散型、熱熔型等形態之黏著劑組成物硬化而成之黏著劑,亦即可為上述黏著劑組成物的硬化物。黏著劑組成物之硬化手段(例如乾燥、交聯、聚合、冷卻等)可僅應用1種,亦可同時或多階段應用2種以上。以溶劑型黏著劑組成物來說,典型上可使該組成物乾燥(宜為進一步交聯)來形成黏著劑。以活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物來說,典型上係藉由照射活性能量線使聚合反應及/或交聯反應進行而形成黏著劑。在必須以活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物進行乾燥時,可於乾燥後照射活性能量線。 <Adhesive> The adhesive disclosed herein can be formed, for example, using any of the above-mentioned adhesive compositions. The adhesive may be an adhesive obtained by curing adhesive compositions in the form of solvent type, active energy ray curing type, water dispersion type, hot melt type, etc. by drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc., that is, It may be a hardened product of the above-mentioned adhesive composition. The hardening means of the adhesive composition (such as drying, cross-linking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) can be applied only by one type, or two or more types can be applied simultaneously or in multiple stages. In the case of solvent-based adhesive compositions, typically the composition can be dried (preferably further cross-linked) to form the adhesive. In the case of an active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, typically, an adhesive is formed by irradiating an active energy ray to proceed a polymerization reaction and/or a crosslinking reaction. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition must be dried, the active energy ray may be irradiated after drying.

(折射率) 由在此揭示之黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑的折射率較以往一般之丙烯酸系黏著劑的折射率更高。根據在此揭示之技術,可提供:折射率為例如1.55以上之黏著劑、可形成該黏著劑之黏著劑組成物、及包含上述黏著劑之黏著片。上述黏著劑之折射率為1.560以上是適當的,宜大於1.570。在數個態樣中,上述黏著劑之折射率可為1.575以上,可為1.580以上,亦可為1.585以上。根據具有所述折射率之黏著劑,在貼附於折射率高之材料的使用態樣中,可適宜抑制在與被黏著體之界面的光線反射。黏著劑之折射率的理想上限可因應被黏著體的折射率等而不同,故不受特定範圍所限,可為例如1.700以下,可為1.670以下,可為1.650以下,可為1.620以下,亦可為1.600以下。 (refractive index) The refractive index of the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition disclosed herein is higher than that of conventional acrylic adhesives. According to the technique disclosed here, there can be provided an adhesive having a refractive index of, for example, 1.55 or higher, an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive, and an adhesive sheet including the above adhesive. The refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive is more than 1.560, preferably greater than 1.570. In several aspects, the refractive index of the above-mentioned adhesive may be 1.575 or higher, 1.580 or higher, or 1.585 or higher. According to the adhesive having the above-mentioned refractive index, it is possible to suitably suppress light reflection at the interface with the adherend in the use mode where it is attached to a material with a high refractive index. The ideal upper limit of the refractive index of the adhesive can vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend, so it is not limited to a specific range. For example, it can be 1.700 or less, 1.670 or less, 1.650 or less, 1.620 or less, or It can be below 1.600.

黏著劑之折射率可藉由例如該黏著劑之組成(例如構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分的組成)來調節。具體言之,藉由包含單體成分中之單體(A1)之含量多的丙烯酸系聚合物或添加劑(H RO),可調製出顯示預定以上之折射率的黏著劑。 The refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted by, for example, the composition of the adhesive (eg, the composition of monomer components constituting an acrylic polymer). Specifically, by including an acrylic polymer or an additive (H RO ) with a large content of the monomer (A1) in the monomer component, it is possible to prepare an adhesive exhibiting a predetermined or higher refractive index.

此外,本說明書中,黏著劑之折射率意指該黏著劑之表面(黏著面)的折射率。黏著劑之折射率可使用市售的折射率測定裝置(阿貝折射率計),在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下進行測定。阿貝折射率計例如可使用ATAGO公司製之型式「DR-M4」或其等效品。測定試樣可使用由評估對象之黏著劑構成之黏著劑層。黏著劑之折射率具體上可以後述實施例記載之方法來測定。In addition, in this specification, the refractive index of an adhesive means the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of this adhesive. The refractive index of the adhesive can be measured under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer). As an Abbe refractometer, for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO Corporation or its equivalent can be used. As the measurement sample, an adhesive layer composed of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.

(儲存彈性模數G') 根據在此揭示之技術,可具有高折射率且同時可實現黏著劑之低彈性模數化。雖不限於特定範圍,但黏著劑在0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)例如可小於1.0×10 8Pa,可小於5.0×10 7Pa,可小於1.0×10 7Pa,亦可小於5.0×10 6Pa。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)之黏著劑在0℃附近至其以上之溫度區域中,具有適度之柔軟性,例如可良好密著於被黏著體。上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 3Pa以上。藉由上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)為預定值以上,黏著劑例如容易成為在常溫至高溫區域中具有適度之凝集力者。在數個理想態樣中,黏著劑之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)為1.0×10 6Pa以下,較宜為5.0×10 5Pa以下,可為2.0×10 5Pa以下,可為1.0×10 5Pa以下,可為7.0×10 4Pa以下,可為5.0×10 4Pa以下,亦可為3.0×10 4Pa以下。又,上述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)宜為1.0×10 4Pa以上,較宜為2.0×10 4Pa以上,更宜為4.0×10 4Pa以上,可為6.0×10 4Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 5Pa以上。具有上述範圍之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)之黏著劑可成為兼顧高折射率與柔軟性且具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性者。 (Storage elastic modulus G') According to the technology disclosed here, it is possible to have a high refractive index and at the same time realize a low elastic modulus of the adhesive. Although not limited to a specific range, the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) of the adhesive at 0°C, for example, may be less than 1.0×10 8 Pa, may be less than 5.0×10 7 Pa, may be less than 1.0×10 7 Pa, or It can be less than 5.0×10 6 Pa. The adhesive having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) has moderate flexibility in the temperature range from around 0°C to above, and can adhere well to the adherend, for example. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, or 1.0×10 3 Pa or more. When the storage elastic modulus G'(0° C.) is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the adhesive, for example, tends to have an appropriate cohesive force in a range from normal temperature to high temperature. In several ideal forms, the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) of the adhesive is less than 1.0×10 6 Pa, preferably less than 5.0×10 5 Pa, may be less than 2.0×10 5 Pa, may be 1.0×10 5 Pa or less, may be 7.0×10 4 Pa or less, may be 5.0×10 4 Pa or less, or may be 3.0×10 4 Pa or less. Also, the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) is preferably at least 1.0×10 4 Pa, more preferably at least 2.0×10 4 Pa, more preferably at least 4.0×10 4 Pa, and may be at least 6.0×10 4 Pa. , can also be 1.0×10 5 Pa or more. Adhesives having a storage modulus of elasticity G'(0°C) in the above range can have both high refractive index and flexibility, and have the flexibility to withstand repeated bending operations.

在此揭示之黏著劑在80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)無特別限定,例如小於1.0×10 5Pa是適當的,宜小於5.0×10 4Pa,較宜小於3.0×10 4Pa,可小於1.0×10 4Pa,亦可為5.0×10 3Pa以下。如上述儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)經限制之黏著劑在高溫區域中具有良好之柔軟性。上述儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,為5.0×10 2Pa以上是適當的,宜為1.0×10 3Pa以上,較宜為3.0×10 3Pa以上,亦可為5.0×10 3Pa以上。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之黏著劑即便在高溫區域中仍具有適度之凝集力,且有耐熱性優異之傾向,故理想。 The storage elastic modulus G'(80°C) of the adhesive disclosed here is not particularly limited, for example, less than 1.0×10 5 Pa is appropriate, preferably less than 5.0×10 4 Pa, more preferably less than 3.0×10 4 Pa, may be less than 1.0×10 4 Pa, or may be less than 5.0×10 3 Pa. Adhesives with limited storage elastic modulus G'(80°C) have good flexibility in high temperature regions. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(80°C) is not particularly limited, for example, it is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, preferably 5.0×10 2 Pa or more, preferably 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, more preferably 3.0 ×10 3 Pa or more, or 5.0×10 3 Pa or more. An adhesive having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G' (80° C.) has moderate cohesive force even in a high-temperature region, and tends to be excellent in heat resistance, so it is desirable.

在此揭示之黏著劑在-10℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)無特別限定,例如可小於1.0×10 9Pa,可小於1.0×10 8Pa,小於1.0×10 7Pa是適當的,宜為5.0×10 6Pa以下,可為1.0×10 6Pa以下,可為5.0×10 5Pa以下,亦可為1.0×10 5Pa以下。如上述儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)經限制之黏著劑可成為具有更優異之柔軟性者。例如,可成為在低溫區域中具有良好之柔軟性,且在包含低溫區域在內之寬廣溫度區域中具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性者。上述儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,為1.0×10 3Pa以上是適當的,宜為5.0×10 3Pa以上,較宜為1.0×10 4Pa以上,可為5.0×10 4Pa以上,可為1.0×10 5Pa以上,亦可為5.0×10 5Pa以上。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)之黏著劑可成為具有柔軟性且同時具備適度之凝集力者。又,根據具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)之黏著劑,有即便在低溫區域中仍容易兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之傾向。 The storage elastic modulus G'(-10°C) of the adhesive disclosed here is not particularly limited, for example, it may be less than 1.0×10 9 Pa, less than 1.0×10 8 Pa, or less than 1.0×10 7 Pa It is appropriate, and it is preferably 5.0×10 6 Pa or less, may be 1.0×10 6 Pa or less, may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or less, and may be 1.0×10 5 Pa or less. Adhesives whose storage modulus of elasticity G'(-10°C) is limited as above can have more excellent flexibility. For example, it can have good flexibility in a low-temperature range and flexibility to withstand repeated bending operations in a wide temperature range including a low-temperature range. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(-10°C) is not particularly limited, for example, it is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, 1.0×10 3 Pa or more is appropriate, preferably 5.0×10 3 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, may be 5.0×10 4 Pa or more, may be 1.0×10 5 Pa or more, or may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or more. Adhesives having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G'(-10°C) can be soft and have moderate cohesive force. Moreover, according to the adhesive agent which has the said storage elastic modulus G'(-10 degreeC), it tends to be easy to achieve both high refractive index and flexibility even in a low temperature range.

在此揭示之黏著劑在-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)無特別限定,例如可小於1.0×10 10Pa,可小於1.0×10 9Pa,為5.0×10 8Pa以下是適當的,可為1.0×10 8Pa以下,可為5.0×10 7Pa以下,可為1.0×10 7Pa以下,可為5.0×10 6Pa以下,可為1.0×10 6Pa以下,亦可為5.0×10 5Pa以下。如上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)經限制之黏著劑可成為具有特別優異之柔軟性者。例如,可成為在更低之溫度區域中具有良好之柔軟性,且在包含低溫區域在內之寬廣溫度區域中具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性者。上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)的下限無特別限定,例如為1.0×10 2Pa以上,為1.0×10 3Pa以上是適當的,宜為1.0×10 4Pa以上,較宜為1.0×10 5Pa以上,可為5.0×10 5Pa以上,亦可為1.0×10 6Pa以上。具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)之黏著劑可成為具有柔軟性且同時具備適度之凝集力者。又,根據具有上述儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)之黏著劑,有即便在低溫區域中仍容易兼顧高折射率與柔軟性之傾向。 The storage elastic modulus G'(-20°C) of the adhesive disclosed here is not particularly limited, for example, it may be less than 1.0×10 10 Pa, may be less than 1.0×10 9 Pa, and may be 5.0×10 8 Pa The following are suitable, and may be 1.0×10 8 Pa or less, 5.0×10 7 Pa or less, 1.0×10 7 Pa or less, 5.0×10 6 Pa or less, 1.0×10 6 Pa or less, It may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or less. Adhesives whose storage elastic modulus G'(-20°C) is limited as above can have particularly excellent flexibility. For example, it can have good flexibility in a lower temperature range, and can withstand repeated bending operations in a wide temperature range including a low temperature range. The lower limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(-20°C) is not particularly limited, for example, it is 1.0×10 2 Pa or more, preferably 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0×10 5 Pa or more, may be 5.0×10 5 Pa or more, or may be 1.0×10 6 Pa or more. Adhesives having the above-mentioned storage elastic modulus G'(-20°C) can be soft and have moderate cohesive force. Moreover, according to the adhesive agent which has the said storage elastic modulus G'(-20 degreeC), it exists in the tendency for a high refractive index and flexibility to be easily compatible even in a low temperature range.

(儲存彈性模數比) 在數個態樣中,作為黏著劑,可使用0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)相對於80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之比(G'(0℃)/G'(80℃))在1~1000之範圍內的黏著劑。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,因在0℃至高溫區域為止之寬廣溫度區域中的彈性模數變化可被抑制,故容易發揮出對於溫度變化呈穩定之特性(柔軟性等)。上述比(G'(0℃)/G'(80℃))為300以下是適當的,宜為100以下,較宜為50以下,可為25以下,可為10以下,亦可為5以下。上述比(G’(0℃)/G’(80℃))的下限值例如可為2以上,亦可為3以上。 (Storage elastic modulus ratio) In several aspects, as an adhesive, the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) at 0°C to the storage elastic modulus G'(80°C) at 80°C (G'(0°C) can be used ℃)/G'(80℃)) in the range of 1~1000. According to the adhesive that satisfies the above characteristics, since the elastic modulus change can be suppressed in a wide temperature range from 0°C to a high temperature range, it is easy to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes. The above ratio (G'(0°C)/G'(80°C)) is suitably 300 or less, preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, may be 25 or less, may be 10 or less, or may be 5 or less . The lower limit of the ratio (G'(0°C)/G'(80°C)) may be, for example, 2 or more, or may be 3 or more.

在數個態樣中,作為黏著劑,可使用-10℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)相對於80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之比(G'(-10℃)/G'(80℃))在1~1000之範圍內的黏著劑。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,因在低溫區域至高溫區域為止之寬廣溫度區域中的彈性模數變化可被抑制,故容易發揮出對於溫度變化呈穩定之特性(柔軟性等),而理想。上述比(G'(-10℃)/G’(80℃)為300以下是適當的,宜為150以下,較宜為100以下,可為50以下,可為30以下,可為20以下,亦可為10以下。上述比(G’(-10℃)/G’(80℃))的下限值例如可為2以上,亦可為3以上。In several aspects, as an adhesive, the ratio of the storage modulus of elasticity G' at -10°C (-10°C) to the storage modulus of elasticity G' at 80°C (80°C) can be used (G' (-10°C)/G'(80°C)) in the range of 1~1000. According to an adhesive satisfying the above-mentioned characteristics, since the change in elastic modulus can be suppressed in a wide temperature range from a low temperature range to a high temperature range, it is easy to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes, which is ideal. The ratio (G'(-10°C)/G'(80°C)) is suitably 300 or less, preferably 150 or less, more preferably 100 or less, may be 50 or less, may be 30 or less, may be 20 or less, It may be 10 or less. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(-10°C)/G'(80°C)) may be, for example, 2 or more, or 3 or more.

在數個態樣中,作為黏著劑,可使用-20℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-20℃)相對於80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之比(G'(-20℃)/G'(80℃))在1~1000之範圍內的黏著劑。根據滿足上述特性之黏著劑,因在更低之溫度區域至高溫區域為止之寬廣溫度區域中的彈性模數變化可被抑制,故可發揮出對於溫度變化呈穩定之特性(柔軟性等)。上述比(G’(-20℃)/G’(80℃))可為500以下,可為300以下,可為150以下,可為100以下,可為50以下,亦可為30以下。上述比(G’(-20℃)/G’(80℃))的下限值例如可為5以上,可為10以上,可為50以上,亦可為100以上。In several aspects, as an adhesive, the ratio of the storage modulus of elasticity G' at -20°C (-20°C) to the storage modulus of elasticity G' at 80°C (80°C) (G' (-20°C)/G'(80°C)) in the range of 1~1000. According to the adhesive that satisfies the above characteristics, since the change in elastic modulus can be suppressed in a wide temperature range from a lower temperature range to a high temperature range, stable properties (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes can be exhibited. The ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(80°C)) may be 500 or less, 300 or less, 150 or less, 100 or less, 50 or less, or 30 or less. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(80°C)) may be, for example, 5 or more, 10 or more, 50 or more, or 100 or more.

黏著劑之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)無特別限定,可考慮在低溫區域下之柔軟性或在高溫區域下之凝集力(耐熱性等)來設定。在數個態樣中,黏著劑之Tg例如為30℃以下,可為15℃以下,亦可為5℃以下。在數個理想態樣中,由柔軟性之觀點來看,黏著劑之Tg為0℃以下,較宜為-5℃以下,更宜為-10℃以下,亦可為-15℃以下(例如-20℃以下)。黏著劑之Tg愈低,有與被黏著體之密著性等黏著特性愈優異之傾向。又,藉由將黏著劑之Tg設定得較低,則在高於Tg之溫度區域中的彈性模數變化可被抑制。黏著劑之Tg的下限值例如為-50℃以上,為-40℃以上是適當的,亦可為-30℃以上。根據具有上述Tg之黏著劑,有容易獲得適當之凝集力的傾向。且,有容易形成兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑的傾向。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set in consideration of flexibility in a low-temperature region or cohesive force (heat resistance, etc.) in a high-temperature region. In several aspects, the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, 30°C or lower, may be 15°C or lower, or may be 5°C or lower. In several ideal aspects, from the viewpoint of flexibility, the Tg of the adhesive is below 0°C, more preferably below -5°C, more preferably below -10°C, and may also be below -15°C (for example below -20°C). The lower the Tg of the adhesive, the better the adhesive properties such as the adhesion to the adherend tend to be. Also, by setting the Tg of the adhesive low, the change in elastic modulus in the temperature region higher than Tg can be suppressed. The lower limit of Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, preferably -40°C or higher, and may be -30°C or higher. According to the adhesive having the above Tg, it tends to be easy to obtain an appropriate cohesive force. Also, it tends to be easy to form an adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity.

黏著劑在上述各溫度下之儲存彈性模數G'及黏著劑之玻璃轉移溫度Tg可藉由後述實施例記載之方法測定,並可從其結果算出各儲存彈性模數比。黏著劑之各儲存彈性模數G'、各儲存彈性模數比及玻璃轉移溫度Tg例如可藉由選擇構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分的組成(例如選擇單體(A1)之種類及含量)、選擇塑化劑種類或使用量、有無使用交聯劑以及選擇種類及使用量、有無使用添加劑以及選擇種類及使用量等來調節。The storage elastic modulus G' of the adhesive at the above-mentioned temperatures and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the examples below, and the storage elastic modulus ratios can be calculated from the results. The storage elastic modulus G', the storage elastic modulus ratio and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive, for example, can be selected by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (such as selecting the type and content of the monomer (A1) ), choose the type or amount of plasticizer, whether to use cross-linking agent and choose the type and amount, whether to use additives, choose the type and amount to adjust.

<黏著片> 根據本說明書,提供一種具有黏著劑層之黏著片。構成上述黏著劑層之黏著劑可為由在此揭示之任一黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑(例如該黏著劑組成物之硬化物)。 上述黏著片可為於非剝離性基材(支持基材)之單面或兩面具有上述黏著劑層之形態的附基材之黏著片,亦可為上述黏著劑層保持於剝離襯墊之形態等的無基材之黏著片(即不具非剝離性基材之黏著片,典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)。在此所提黏著片之概念可包含稱為黏著膠帶、黏著標籤、黏著薄膜等者。在此揭示之黏著片可為卷狀亦可為單片狀。或者亦可為進一步加工成各種形狀之形態的黏著片。 <Adhesive sheet> According to this specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer. The adhesive constituting the above-mentioned adhesive layer may be an adhesive formed of any adhesive composition disclosed herein (for example, a cured product of the adhesive composition). The above-mentioned adhesive sheet may be an adhesive sheet with a substrate in the form of having the above-mentioned adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-peelable substrate (supporting substrate), or may be in a form in which the above-mentioned adhesive layer is held on a release liner Adhesive sheets without a base material (that is, an adhesive sheet without a non-peelable base material, typically an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer). The concept of an adhesive sheet mentioned here may include what is called an adhesive tape, an adhesive label, an adhesive film, and the like. The adhesive sheet disclosed here may be in the form of a roll or a single sheet. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet that is further processed into various shapes.

將雙面黏著型之無基材之黏著片(無基材之雙面黏著片)之構成例顯示於圖1、2。圖1所示之黏著片1具有下述構成:無基材之黏著劑層21之兩面21A、21B各自被至少該黏著劑層側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊31、32保護。圖2所示之黏著片2則具有無基材之黏著劑層21之一表面(黏著面)21A被兩面成為剝離面之剝離襯墊31保護之構成,且可做成下述構成:將之捲繞時,黏著劑層21之另一表面(黏著面)21B抵接剝離襯墊31之背面,藉此可使另一面21B亦被剝離襯墊31保護。由可反覆彎折這種順應被黏著體之柔軟性之觀點來看,在此揭示之技術適宜在由黏著劑層構成之無基材之黏著片之形態下實施。上述無基材之黏著片例如由縮小黏著片之厚度之觀點或提高黏著片之透明性之觀點來看亦佳。Figures 1 and 2 show configuration examples of a double-sided adhesive type non-substrate adhesive sheet (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet). The adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which both surfaces 21A, 21B of an adhesive layer 21 without a base material are protected by release liners 31, 32, at least on which the adhesive layer side is a release surface. The adhesive sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 has a structure in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of the adhesive layer 21 without a substrate is protected by a release liner 31 whose both sides are release surfaces, and can be made into the following structure: During winding, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 abuts against the back surface of the release liner 31 , whereby the other surface 21B is also protected by the release liner 31 . From the point of view of the flexibility of the conformable adherend that can be bent repeatedly, the technology disclosed here is suitable for implementation in the form of an adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer. The aforementioned adhesive sheet without a base material is also preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet or improving the transparency of the adhesive sheet, for example.

在此揭示之黏著片例如可為具有圖3中示意顯示之截面結構者。圖3所示之黏著片3具備支持基材10、以及各自被該支持基材10之第1面10A及第2面10B支持之第1黏著劑層21及第2黏著劑層22。第1面10A及第2面10B皆為非剝離性表面(非剝離面)。黏著片3係分別將第1黏著劑層21之表面(第1黏著面)21A及第2黏著劑層22之表面(第2黏著面)22A貼附於被黏著體來使用。即,黏著片3係以雙面黏著片(雙面接著性之黏著片)之形式構成。使用前之黏著片3具有下述構成:第1黏著面21A及第2黏著面22A各自被至少該黏著劑面側成為具有剝離性之表面(剝離面)之剝離襯墊31、32保護。或者,亦可做成下述構成:省略剝離襯墊32,而使用兩面成為剝離面者作為剝離襯墊31,捲繞黏著片3使第2黏著面22A抵接剝離襯墊31之裏面,藉此第2黏著面22A亦被剝離襯墊31保護。The adhesive sheet disclosed here may have, for example, the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 3 . The adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support substrate 10 , and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 each supported by the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B of the support substrate 10 . Both the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces). The adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is constituted as a double-sided adhesive sheet (adhesive sheet with double-sided adhesiveness). The adhesive sheet 3 before use has a structure in which each of the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A is protected by release liners 31 and 32 , which are at least the adhesive surface side as a releasable surface (release surface). Alternatively, the following configuration can also be made: the release liner 32 is omitted, and the release liner 31 is used with both sides as the release surface, and the adhesive sheet 3 is wound so that the second adhesive surface 22A abuts against the inner surface of the release liner 31. This second adhesive surface 22A is also protected by a release liner 31 .

在此揭示之技術為了構件(例如光學構件)之固定或接合,適宜在上述無基材或附基材之雙面黏著片之形態下實施。或者,在此揭示之黏著片雖未特別圖示,但亦可為僅於非剝離性基材(支持基材)之單面具有黏著劑層的附基材之單面黏著片之形態。作為單面黏著片之形態之例,可舉圖3所示構成中不具第1黏著劑層21及第2黏著劑層22中之任一者的形態。The technology disclosed here is preferably implemented in the form of the above-mentioned substrate-less or substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet for fixing or bonding components (eg, optical components). Alternatively, although not shown in particular, the adhesive sheet disclosed here may be in the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate having an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-peelable substrate (support substrate). As an example of the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet, the form which does not have any of the 1st adhesive agent layer 21 and the 2nd adhesive agent layer 22 in the structure shown in FIG. 3 is mentioned.

(黏著劑層) 在此揭示之黏著片的黏著劑層可藉由在對適當表面賦予(例如塗佈)黏著劑組成物後使該組成物硬化來形成。黏著劑組成物之塗佈例如可使用凹版輥塗佈機、反向輥塗佈機、接觸輥塗佈機、浸漬輥塗佈機、棒塗機、刮刀塗佈機、噴塗機等慣用之塗佈機來實施。 (adhesive layer) The adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet disclosed here can be formed by applying (for example, coating) an adhesive composition to an appropriate surface and then hardening the composition. For the coating of the adhesive composition, conventional coating methods such as gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, touch roll coater, dip roll coater, rod coater, knife coater, spray coater, etc. can be used. cloth machine to implement.

黏著劑層之厚度無特別限定,例如可設為3µm以上。在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如為5µm以上是適當的,可為10µm以上,可為15µm以上,可為20µm以上,可為30µm以上,可為50µm以上,亦可為70µm以上或85µm以上。藉由增加黏著劑層之厚度,黏著力有上升之傾向。又,在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如可為300µm以下,可為250µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為150µm以下,亦可為120µm以下。在數個理想態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度為100µm以下,較宜為75µm以下,更宜為70µm以下,可為50µm以下,亦可為30µm以下。黏著劑層之厚度不過大一事由黏著片之薄型化等觀點來看是有利的。且,薄型黏著劑層有對被黏著體之順應性優異之傾向。在此揭示之技術例如可適宜在黏著劑層之厚度成為3µm~200µm(較宜為5µm~100µm,更宜為5µm~75µm)之範圍之態樣下實施。此外,為於基材之第1面及第2面具有第1黏著劑層及第2黏著劑層之黏著片時,上述黏著劑層之厚度至少可應用於第1黏著劑層之厚度。第2黏著劑層之厚度亦可從相同範圍中選擇。又,為無基材之黏著片時,該黏著片之厚度與黏著劑層之厚度一致。The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, for example, it can be set to 3 µm or more. In several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer is, for example, 5 µm or more, 10 µm or more, 15 µm or more, 20 µm or more, 30 µm or more, 50 µm or more, or 70 µm or more. Or more than 85µm. By increasing the thickness of the adhesive layer, the adhesion tends to increase. Also, in several aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 µm or less, 250 µm or less, 200 µm or less, 150 µm or less, or 120 µm or less. In several ideal aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer is less than 100 µm, more preferably less than 75 µm, more preferably less than 70 µm, may be less than 50 µm, or may be less than 30 µm. The fact that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large is advantageous from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet. Furthermore, a thin adhesive layer tends to be excellent in compliance with an adherend. For example, the technique disclosed here can be suitably implemented in an aspect in which the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 µm to 200 µm (preferably 5 µm to 100 µm, more preferably 5 µm to 75 µm). In addition, in the case of an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer on the first surface and the second surface of the substrate, the thickness of the above-mentioned adhesive layer can be applied at least to the thickness of the first adhesive layer. The thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range. Also, in the case of an adhesive sheet without a substrate, the thickness of the adhesive sheet is the same as the thickness of the adhesive layer.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑在0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)[Pa]與黏著劑層之厚度T [µm]之積(G'(0℃)×T)例如在5.0×10 4~7.5×10 7之範圍內是適當的,宜在5.0×10 4~5.0×10 7之範圍內。薄型黏著劑層中,即便相對上為高彈性模數,因具有上述範圍之積(G’(0℃)×T),故容易成為具有良好之柔軟性者。又,藉由上述積(G’(0℃)×T)經限制在預定值以下,黏著劑層之厚度及儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)的上限會受限,藉此可容易獲得優異之柔軟性。在數個理想態樣中,上述面積(G'(0℃)×T)可為1.0×10 5以上,可為2.0×10 5以上,亦可為8.0×10 5以上。又,上述積(G’(0℃)×T)可為2.0×10 7以下,可為1.0×10 7以下,亦可為6.0×10 6以下。 In several aspects, the product of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) [Pa] of the adhesive at 0°C and the thickness T [µm] of the adhesive layer (G'(0°C)×T) is for example It is appropriate to be within the range of 5.0×10 4 ~7.5×10 7 , preferably within the range of 5.0×10 4 ~5.0×10 7 . In a thin adhesive layer, even if it has a relatively high modulus of elasticity, since it has the product (G'(0°C)×T) in the above range, it is easy to have good flexibility. Also, by limiting the above-mentioned product (G'(0°C)×T) below a predetermined value, the thickness of the adhesive layer and the upper limit of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) are limited, thereby making it easy to obtain Excellent flexibility. In some ideal aspects, the above-mentioned area (G'(0°C)×T) may be 1.0×10 5 or more, 2.0×10 5 or more, or 8.0×10 5 or more. In addition, the above-mentioned product (G'(0°C)×T) may be 2.0×10 7 or less, 1.0×10 7 or less, or 6.0×10 6 or less.

(霧度值) 在數個態樣中,構成黏著片之黏著劑層之霧度值例如可為5.0%以下,宜為3.0%以下,較宜為2.0%以下,更宜為1.0%以下,可為0.9%以下,可為0.8%以下,可為0.5%以下,亦可為0.3%以下。具有如所述透明性高之黏著劑層的黏著片可以具有基材之構成或不具有基材之構成適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。黏著劑層之霧度值的下限無特別限制,由提升透明性之觀點來看霧度值越小越好。另一方面,在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,霧度值例如可為0.05%以上,亦可為0.10%以上。關於黏著劑層之該等霧度值亦可適宜應用於將在此揭示之技術以無基材之黏著片(典型上為由黏著劑層構成之黏著片)之形態實施時之該黏著片的霧度值。 (haze value) In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive layer constituting the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and may be 0.9% or less , can be 0.8% or less, can be 0.5% or less, can also be 0.3% or less. The adhesive sheet having the above-mentioned high-transparency adhesive layer can have a base material or no base material, and is suitable for applications that require high light transmission (such as optical applications), or that can pass through the adhesive sheet. For the purpose of visually identifying the performance of the adherend. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in some aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or may be 0.10% or more in consideration of the refractive index and adhesive properties. These haze values regarding the adhesive layer can also be suitably applied to the adhesive sheet when the technique disclosed here is implemented in the form of an adhesive sheet without a base material (typically, an adhesive sheet composed of an adhesive layer). haze value.

在此「霧度值」意指對測定對象照射可見光時漫透射光相對於全透射光之比率。亦稱為Haze Value。霧度值可以下式表示。 Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 上述式中,Th為霧度值(%),Td為散射光透射率,Tt為全光透射率。霧度值之測定可依照後述實施例記載之方法來進行。黏著劑層之霧度值可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑層之組成或厚度等來調節。 Here, the "haze value" means the ratio of diffusely transmitted light to total transmitted light when visible light is irradiated to the measurement object. Also known as Haze Value. The haze value can be represented by the following formula. Th(%)=Td/Tt×100 In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The measurement of the haze value can be performed according to the method described in the examples described later. The haze value of the adhesive layer can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive layer.

在數個態樣中,黏著片之霧度值例如可為5.0%以下,宜為3.0%以下,較宜為2.0%以下,更宜為1.0%以下,可為0.9%以下,可為0.8%以下,可為0.5%以下,亦可為0.3%以下。如所述透明性高之黏著片可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。黏著片之霧度值的下限無特別限制,由提升透明性之觀點來看霧度值越小越好。另一方面,在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,霧度值例如可為0.05%以上,亦可為0.10%以上。黏著片之霧度值可利用與上述黏著劑層之霧度值之測定相同方法來測定。黏著片之上述霧度值可藉由選擇上述黏著劑層之組成等或在具有基材之構成中選擇基材種類或基材厚度來獲得。In several aspects, the haze value of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, may be 0.9% or less, may be 0.8% It may be less than 0.5%, or less than 0.3%. An adhesive sheet with high transparency as described above can be suitably used in applications requiring high light transmittance (such as optical applications), or applications requiring the performance of an adherend to be seen well through the adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the lower the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in some aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or may be 0.10% or more in consideration of the refractive index and adhesive properties. The haze value of the adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as the measurement of the haze value of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. The above-mentioned haze value of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, etc., or selecting the type of substrate or the thickness of the substrate in the configuration with a substrate.

在數個態樣中,黏著劑層之全光線透射率宜為85.0%以上(例如88.0%以上、90.0%以上或大於90.0%)。具有如所述透明性高之黏著劑層的黏著片可以具有基材之構成或不具有基材之構成適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。全光線透射率的上限在實用上可為例如大約98%以下,可為大約96%以下,亦可為大約95%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,黏著劑層之全光線透射率可為大約94%以下,可為大約93%以下,亦可為大約92%以下。全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售的透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。全光線透射率可依照後述實施例記載之方法來測定。黏著劑層之全光線透射率可藉由例如選擇該黏著劑層之組成或厚度等來調節。In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more or greater than 90.0%). The adhesive sheet having the above-mentioned high-transparency adhesive layer can have a base material or no base material, and is suitable for applications that require high light transmission (such as optical applications), or that can pass through the adhesive sheet. For the purpose of visually identifying the performance of the adherend. In practice, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be less than about 94%, may be less than about 93%, or may be less than about 92%, considering the refractive index or adhesive properties. The total light transmittance was measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in the examples described later. The total light transmittance of the adhesive layer can be adjusted by, for example, selecting the composition or thickness of the adhesive layer.

在數個態樣中,黏著片之全光線透射率宜為85.0%以上(例如88.0%以上、90.0%以上或大於90.0%)。如所述透明性高之黏著片可適宜應用於要求高光透射性之用途(例如光學用途)上、或要求可通過該黏著片良好地視辨被黏著體之性能的用途上。全光線透射率的上限在實用上可為例如大約98%以下,可為大約96%以下,亦可為大約95%以下。在數個態樣中,考量到折射率或黏著特性,黏著片之全光線透射率可為大約94%以下,可為大約93%以下,亦可為大約92%以下。黏著片之全光線透射率可利用與上述黏著劑層之全光線透射率之測定相同方法來測定。黏著片之全光線透射率可藉由選擇上述黏著劑層之組成等或在具有基材之構成中選擇基材種類或基材厚度來獲得。In several aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or more (for example, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more or greater than 90.0%). An adhesive sheet with high transparency as described above can be suitably used in applications requiring high light transmittance (such as optical applications), or applications requiring the performance of an adherend to be seen well through the adhesive sheet. In practice, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In several aspects, considering the refractive index or adhesive properties, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be less than about 94%, less than about 93%, or less than about 92%. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as the measurement of the total light transmittance of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, or selecting the type of substrate or the thickness of the substrate in the configuration with the substrate.

(剝離強度) 黏著片對玻璃板之剝離強度無特別限定。在數個態樣中,黏著片對玻璃板之剝離強度例如為0.1N/25mm以上,亦可為0.5N/25mm以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述對玻璃板之剝離強度為1.0N/25mm以上,較宜為1.5N/25mm以上,更宜為2.0N/25mm以上,可為3.0N/25mm以上,可為5.0N/25mm以上,亦可為10N/25mm以上。如所述,對玻璃板剝離強度為預定值以上之黏著片適宜用於例如玻璃製構件等之接合或固定。上述剝離強度的上限無特別限制,例如可為30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下或20N/25mm以下。 (peel strength) The peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the peeling strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, and may be 0.5 N/25 mm or more. In several ideal forms, the above-mentioned peel strength to the glass plate is above 1.0N/25mm, more preferably above 1.5N/25mm, more preferably above 2.0N/25mm, can be above 3.0N/25mm, can be 5.0N/25mm or more, or 10N/25mm or more. As mentioned above, the adhesive sheet whose peeling strength with respect to a glass plate is more than predetermined value is suitable for joining or fixing glass members etc., for example. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.

在此,上述剝離強度係藉由下述方式來掌握:壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板上並於23℃、50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘後,在剝離角度180度、拉伸速度300mm/分鐘之條件下測定剝離強度。在測定時,可視需求在測定對象之黏著片上貼附適當之襯底材(例如厚度25µm左右~50µm左右之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜)來補強。剝離強度更具體而言可依據後述實施例中所記載之方法來測定。Here, the above-mentioned peeling strength is grasped by the following method: After being crimped on an alkali glass plate as an adherend and left in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH for 30 minutes, at a peeling angle of 180 degrees, pulling Peel strength was measured under the condition of elongation speed 300mm/min. During the measurement, an appropriate substrate (such as a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25 μm to about 50 μm) can be attached to the adhesive sheet of the measurement object for reinforcement. More specifically, the peel strength can be measured in accordance with the method described in the examples described later.

(黏著片之厚度) 在此揭示之黏著片(無基材之黏著片或附基材之黏著片)之厚度例如可為1000µm以下,可為350µm以下,可為200µm以下,可為120µm以下,可為75µm以下,亦可為50µm以下。又,由處理性等觀點來看,黏著片之厚度例如可為5µm以上,可為10µm以上,可為25µm以上,可為80µm以上,亦可為130µm以上。 此外,黏著片之厚度意指貼附於被黏著體之部分的厚度。例如圖3所示之構成的黏著片3中,係指從第1黏著面21A至第2黏著面22A為止之厚度,而不包含剝離襯墊31、32之厚度。 (thickness of adhesive sheet) The thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed here (adhesive sheet without substrate or adhesive sheet with substrate) may be, for example, 1000 µm or less, 350 µm or less, 200 µm or less, 120 µm or less, 75 µm or less, or It can be less than 50µm. In addition, from the viewpoint of handleability, etc., the thickness of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 µm or more, 10 µm or more, 25 µm or more, 80 µm or more, or 130 µm or more. In addition, the thickness of an adhesive sheet means the thickness of the part attached to the adherend. For example, in the adhesive sheet 3 having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 , the thickness from the first adhesive surface 21A to the second adhesive surface 22A does not include the thickness of the release liners 31 and 32 .

<支持基材> 數個態樣之黏著片可為於支持基材之單面或兩面具備黏著劑層的附基材之黏著片之形態。支持基材之材質無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等適當選擇。可使用之基材的非限定例可列舉:以聚丙烯(PP)或乙烯-丙烯共聚物等之聚烯烴為主成分的聚烯烴薄膜、以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等之聚酯為主成分的聚酯薄膜、以聚氯乙烯為主成分的聚氯乙烯薄膜等塑膠薄膜;由聚胺甲酸酯發泡體、聚乙烯(PE)發泡體、聚氯丁二烯發泡體等發泡體構成之發泡體片;各種纖維狀物質(可為麻、綿等天然纖維、聚酯、維尼綸等合成纖維、乙酸酯等半合成纖維等)單獨或混紡等而成的織布及不織布;日本紙、道林紙、牛皮紙、皺紋紙等紙類;鋁箔、銅箔等之金屬箔等。亦可為該等複合而成之構成的基材。所述複合基材之例可舉例如金屬箔與上述塑膠薄膜積層而成之結構的基材、業經玻璃布等無機纖維強化之塑膠基材等。 <Support base material> The adhesive sheet of several aspects may be in the form of an adhesive sheet with a substrate having an adhesive layer on one side or both sides of the supporting substrate. The material of the supporting base material is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose or mode of use of the adhesive sheet. Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include: polyolefin films mainly composed of polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene Plastic films such as polyester films mainly composed of polyesters such as butylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; Foam sheet composed of polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, polychloroprene foam and other foams; various fibrous materials (can be hemp, cotton and other natural fibers , polyester, vinylon and other synthetic fibers, acetate and other semi-synthetic fibers, etc.) woven and non-woven fabrics alone or blended; Japanese paper, Dorin paper, kraft paper, crepe paper and other papers; aluminum foil, copper foil and other metal foils, etc. It can also be used as a base material for such a composite structure. Examples of the composite base material include a base material in which a metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated, a plastic base material reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.

在數個態樣中,可適宜使用各種薄膜基材。上述薄膜基材可為如發泡體薄膜或不織布片材等多孔質之基材,可為非多孔質之基材,亦可為多孔質之層與非多孔質之層積層而成之結構的基材。在數個態樣中,上述薄膜基材可適宜使用包含獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)樹脂薄膜作為基底薄膜者。在此,「樹脂薄膜」係指非多孔質之結構且典型上為實質上不含氣泡(無孔洞)之樹脂薄膜。因此,上述樹脂薄膜係可與發泡體薄膜或不織布區別之概念。上述樹脂薄膜可適宜使用獨立且可維持形狀之(自立型之、或是非依存性之)者。上述樹脂薄膜可為單層結構,亦可為2層以上之多層結構(例如3層結構)。In several aspects, various film substrates may be suitably used. The above-mentioned film base material may be a porous base material such as a foam film or a non-woven sheet, a non-porous base material, or a structure composed of a porous layer and a non-porous laminated layer. Substrate. In several aspects, the above-mentioned film base material can preferably use a resin film that is independent and maintains its shape (self-supporting or independent) as a base film. Here, the "resin film" refers to a resin film having a non-porous structure and typically substantially free of air bubbles (no holes). Therefore, the above-mentioned resin film is a concept that can be distinguished from a foam film or a nonwoven fabric. The above-mentioned resin film can be suitably used independently and can maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent). The above-mentioned resin film may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).

構成樹脂薄膜之樹脂材料可使用例如:聚酯;聚烯烴;源自具有降莰烯結構等脂肪族環結構之單體的聚環烯烴;尼龍6、尼龍66、部分芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺(PA);透明聚醯亞胺(CPI)等聚醯亞胺(PI);聚醯胺醯亞胺(PAI);聚醚醚酮(PEEK);聚醚碸(PES);聚伸苯硫醚(PPS);聚碳酸酯(PC);聚胺甲酸酯(PU);乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA);聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂;丙烯酸樹脂;三醋酸纖維素(TAC)等纖維素系聚合物;聚芳酯;聚苯乙烯;聚氯乙烯;聚二氯亞乙烯等樹脂。The resin material constituting the resin film can be used, for example: polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an aliphatic ring structure such as norcamphene structure; Polyamide (PA); transparent polyimide (CPI) and other polyimide (PI); polyamide imide (PAI); polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Phenylsulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Fluorine resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Acrylic resin; Triacetic acid Cellulosic polymers such as cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; polystyrene; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride and other resins.

上述樹脂薄膜可為使用單獨包含所述樹脂之1種的樹脂材料所形成者,亦可為使用摻合有2種以上之樹脂材料所形成者。上述樹脂薄膜可為無延伸,亦可為經延伸(例如單軸延伸或雙軸延伸)者。例如,可適宜使用PET薄膜、PBT薄膜、PEN薄膜、無延伸聚丙烯(CPP)薄膜、雙軸延伸聚丙烯(OPP)薄膜、低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)薄膜、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)薄膜、PP/PE摻合物薄膜、環烯烴聚合物(COP)薄膜、CPI薄膜、TAC薄膜等。由強度或尺寸穩定性之觀點來看,理想之樹脂薄膜之例可舉PET薄膜、PEN薄膜、PPS薄膜及PEEK薄膜。由取得容易性等觀點來看,尤宜為PET薄膜及PPS薄膜,其中又以PET薄膜為佳。The above-mentioned resin film may be formed using a resin material containing one of the above-mentioned resins alone, or may be formed using a resin material in which two or more types are blended. The aforementioned resin film may be unstretched or stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, non-stretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low-density polyethylene ( LLDPE) film, PP/PE blend film, cycloolefin polymer (COP) film, CPI film, TAC film, etc. From the standpoint of strength or dimensional stability, examples of desirable resin films include PET films, PEN films, PPS films, and PEEK films. From the standpoint of availability and the like, PET films and PPS films are particularly preferred, and PET films are particularly preferred.

在樹脂薄膜中,可在不顯著妨礙本發明效果之範圍內視需求摻混光穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、充填材、滑劑(slipping agent)、抗黏結劑等公知之添加劑。添加劑之摻混量無特別限定,可按黏著片之用途等適當設定。In the resin film, light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slipping agents (slipping agents), Known additives such as anti-caking agents. The blending amount of additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the application of the adhesive sheet.

樹脂薄膜之製造方法無特別限定。例如可適當採用擠製成形、充氣成形、T型模澆鑄成形、砑光輥成形等以往公知之一般樹脂薄膜成形方法。The method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calender roll molding can be suitably used.

上述基材可為實質上由所述基底薄膜所構成者。或者,上述基材亦可為除上述基底膜外,還包含輔助性之層者。作為上述輔助性之層之例,可舉光學特性調整層(例如著色層、抗反射層)、用於對基材賦予所期望之外觀的印刷層或層合層、抗靜電層、底塗層、剝離層等表面處理層。The aforementioned substrate may be substantially composed of the base film. Alternatively, the base material may also include an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film. Examples of the auxiliary layer mentioned above include an optical characteristic adjustment layer (such as a coloring layer, an antireflection layer), a printing layer or a lamination layer for imparting a desired appearance to a base material, an antistatic layer, and a primer layer. , peeling layer and other surface treatment layers.

在數個態樣中,作為支持基材可適宜採用具有光透射性之基材(以下亦稱光透射性基材)。藉此,便可構成附具有光透射性之基材之黏著片。光透射性基材之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,亦可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,支持基材之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,亦可為95%以上(例如95~100%)。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。上述光透射性基材之適宜例可舉具有光透射性之樹脂薄膜。上述光透射性基材亦可為光學薄膜。In some aspects, a light-transmitting substrate (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmitting substrate) can be suitably used as the support substrate. In this way, an adhesive sheet with a light-transmitting base material can be formed. The total light transmittance of the light-transmitting substrate may be, for example, greater than 50%, and may also be greater than 70%. In several ideal aspects, the total light transmittance of the supporting substrate is above 80%, more preferably above 90%, and may also be above 95% (eg, 95-100%). The above-mentioned total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used. A suitable example of the above-mentioned light-transmitting base material is a resin film having light-transmitting properties. The above light transmissive substrate may also be an optical film.

基材之厚度無特別限定,可按黏著片之使用目的或使用態樣等作選擇。基材之厚度例如可為500µm以下,而由黏著片之處理性或加工性之觀點來看,宜為300µm以下,可為150µm以下,可為100µm以下,可為50µm以下,可為25µm以下,亦可為10µm以下。基材之厚度若變小,有對被黏著體之表面形狀的順應性提升之傾向。又,由處理性或加工性等觀點來看,基材之厚度例如可為2µm以上,可為10µm以上,亦可為25µm以上。The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose or mode of use of the adhesive sheet. The thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 500 µm or less, and from the standpoint of handling or processability of the adhesive sheet, it is preferably 300 µm or less, may be 150 µm or less, may be 100 µm or less, may be 50 µm or less, and may be 25 µm or less. It can also be 10 µm or less. When the thickness of the substrate becomes smaller, the conformability to the surface shape of the adherend tends to increase. In addition, from the standpoint of handleability, processability, etc., the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 2 µm or more, 10 µm or more, or 25 µm or more.

基材之中要積層黏著劑層之側的面亦可視需求施行有電暈放電處理、電漿處理、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、藉由塗佈底塗劑(底漆)形成底塗層等之以往公知的表面處理。所述表面處理可為用以提升黏著劑層對基材之投錨性之處理。用於形成底塗層的底漆之組成無特別限定,可從公知物適當選擇。底塗層之厚度無特別限制,通常以0.01µm~1µm左右為適當,且0.1µm~1µm左右為佳。可因應需求對基材施行之其他處理可舉抗靜電層形成處理、著色層形成處理、印刷處理等。該等處理可單獨或組合來應用。The surface of the base material on which the adhesive layer is to be laminated can also be subjected to corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and primer formation by coating a primer (primer) as required. Conventionally known surface treatment such as coating. The surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchorage of the adhesive layer to the substrate. The composition of the primer for forming the primer layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones. The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and is usually about 0.01 µm to 1 µm, and preferably about 0.1 µm to 1 µm. Other treatments that can be performed on the base material according to the needs include antistatic layer forming treatment, colored layer forming treatment, printing treatment, etc. These treatments can be applied alone or in combination.

<附剝離襯墊之黏著片> 在此揭示之黏著片可採用使黏著劑層之表面(黏著面)抵接剝離襯墊之剝離面的黏著製品之形態。因此,根據本說明書,提供一種附剝離襯墊之黏著片(黏著製品),其包含在此揭示之任一黏著片與具有抵接該黏著片之黏著面的剝離面之剝離襯墊。 <Adhesive sheet with release liner> The adhesive sheet disclosed here can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface of the adhesive layer (adhesive surface) is in contact with the release surface of the release liner. Therefore, according to the present specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet with a release liner (adhesive product), which comprises any adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface abutting against the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet.

剝離襯墊無特別限定,例如可使用於樹脂薄膜或紙(可為聚乙烯等樹脂層合而成之紙)等襯墊基材之表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由氟系聚合物(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)這類低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成之剝離襯墊等。由表面平滑性優異來看,可適宜採用於作為襯墊基材之樹脂薄膜表面具有剝離層之剝離襯墊、或是由藉由低接著性材料形成之樹脂薄膜所構成的剝離襯墊。樹脂薄膜若為可保護黏著劑層之薄膜則無特別限定,可舉例如聚乙烯(PE)薄膜、聚丙烯(PP)薄膜、聚丁烯薄膜、聚丁二烯薄膜、聚甲基戊烯薄膜、聚氯乙烯薄膜、氯乙烯共聚物薄膜、聚酯薄膜(PET薄膜、PBT薄膜等)、聚胺甲酸酯薄膜、乙烯-乙酸乙酯共聚物薄膜等。上述剝離層之形成可使用例如聚矽氧系剝離處理劑、長鏈烷基系剝離處理劑、烯烴系剝離處理劑、氟系剝離處理劑、脂肪醯胺系剝離處理劑、硫化鉬、二氧化矽粉等公知之剝離處理劑。The release liner is not particularly limited. For example, it can be used for a release liner with a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (it can be a paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a release liner made of fluorine. A release liner made of a resin film formed of a low adhesive material such as a polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). In terms of excellent surface smoothness, it can be suitably used as a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner base material, or a release liner composed of a resin film formed of a low-adhesion material. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it can protect the adhesive layer, for example, polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film , polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-ethyl acetate copolymer film, etc. Formation of the above peeling layer can use, for example, silicone-based peeling agents, long-chain alkyl-based peeling agents, olefin-based peeling agents, fluorine-based peeling agents, aliphatic amide-based peeling agents, molybdenum sulfide, Known peeling agent such as silicon powder.

<用途> 在此揭示之黏著片的用途無限定,可利用於各種用途上。在此揭示之黏著片為具備兼顧有高折射率與低彈性模數之黏著劑者,因此可活用其特徵來利用於要求高折射率及柔軟性之各種用途上。例如,在攜帶型電子機器等電子機器中,適於作為液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(電致發光)顯示裝置、PDP(電漿顯示器面板)、電子紙等顯示裝置(影像顯示裝置)或觸控面板等輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)、尤其是折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器用黏著片。例如,可適宜在折疊式顯示器及可捲式顯示器中,作為具有高折射率之構件之接合或固定、保護等機構來使用。在此揭示之黏著片可具有高折射率且同時具有可承受反覆彎折操作之柔軟性,因此可在貼附於折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器之狀態下良好地順應反覆彎折之被黏著體(折疊式顯示器等)。所述使用形態之貼附對象物可舉可用於折疊式顯示器或可捲式顯示器之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃等玻璃構件。而且,在此所揭示之黏著片例如亦容易順應、密著於攜帶型電子機器具有之3維形狀等曲面形狀之表面,故還適於具有所述曲面形狀之電子機器用途。又,在數個理想態樣中,黏著劑除了具有高折射率及低彈性模數,還可為耐熱性優異者。上述攜帶型電子機器有時會在高溫環境下使用,且其內部空間有會因電子零件發熱而帶熱之情形,故使用上述耐熱性黏著片之優點大。 <Use> The use of the adhesive sheet disclosed here is not limited, and it can be used for various purposes. The adhesive sheet disclosed here has an adhesive having both a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity, so its characteristics can be utilized in various applications requiring high refractive index and flexibility. For example, in electronic equipment such as portable electronic equipment, it is suitable as a display device (image display device) such as a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), electronic paper, or a touch screen. Adhesive sheets for devices such as input devices such as panels (optical devices), especially foldable displays or rollable displays. For example, in foldable displays and rollable displays, it can be suitably used as a mechanism for joining, fixing, and protecting members having a high refractive index. The adhesive sheet disclosed here can have a high refractive index and at the same time have the flexibility to withstand repeated bending operations, so it can be adhered to the repeated bending when it is attached to a foldable display or a rollable display. body (foldable display, etc.). The object to be attached in the above-mentioned usage form includes glass members such as window glass or cover glass that can be used for foldable displays or rollable displays. Moreover, the adhesive sheet disclosed here is also easy to conform and adhere to curved surfaces such as 3-dimensional shapes of portable electronic devices, so it is also suitable for use in electronic devices with such curved shapes. In addition, in several ideal aspects, the adhesive may be excellent in heat resistance in addition to having a high refractive index and a low modulus of elasticity. The above-mentioned portable electronic equipment is sometimes used in a high-temperature environment, and its internal space may be heated due to heat generated by electronic parts, so the use of the above-mentioned heat-resistant adhesive sheet has great advantages.

上述攜帶型電子機器之例中還包含:攜帶電話、智慧型手機、平板型電腦、筆記型電腦、各種穿戴式機器(例如手錶這類穿戴於手腕之腕帶型、以夾帶或垂吊等形式裝附於身體一部份之模組型、包含眼鏡型(單眼型或雙眼型;包含頭戴型)之眼戴型、以例如配件型態裝附於襯衫或襪子、帽子等之衣服型、耳機這類裝附於耳朵上之耳戴型等)、數位相機、數位視訊攝影機、音響機器(可攜式音樂播放器、IC錄音機等)、計算機(電子計算機等)、可攜式遊戲機、電子辭典、電子筆記本、電子書籍、車載用資訊機器、可攜式收音機、可攜式電視、可攜式列印機、可攜式掃描機、可攜式數據機等。此外,在本說明書中,所謂「可攜式」以僅可攜帶來說還不夠,其還指具有個人(標準的成人)相對上可容易搬運之程度的可攜性。Examples of the above-mentioned portable electronic devices also include: mobile phones, smart phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, various wearable devices (such as wristbands worn on the wrist such as watches, in the form of clips or pendants, etc.) Modular type attached to a part of the body, eye-mounted type including glasses type (single eye type or binocular type; including head-mounted type), clothing type attached to shirts or socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, for example , earphones and other ear-mounted earphones, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), computers (computers, etc.), portable game consoles , electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, vehicle-mounted information machines, portable radios, portable TVs, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc. In addition, in this specification, the term "portable" is not enough to merely be portable, but also refers to a degree of portability that can be relatively easily carried by an individual (standard adult).

可貼附在此揭示之黏著片的材料(被黏著體材料)無特別限定,可舉例如:銅、銀、金、鐵、錫、鈀、鋁、鎳、鈦、鉻、鋅等或包含該等中之2種以上的合金等金屬材料,或是例如聚醯亞胺系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醚腈系樹脂、聚醚碸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂(PET系樹脂、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯系樹脂等)、聚氯乙烯系樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚系樹脂、聚醚醚酮系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂(所謂的芳醯胺樹脂等)、聚芳酯系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、二醋酸纖維素或三醋酸纖維素等纖維素系聚合物、乙烯醇縮丁醛系聚合物、液晶聚合物等各種樹脂材料(典型上為塑膠材)、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、鹼玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃、碳等無機材料等。在此揭示之黏著片可貼附在由上述材料構成之構件(例如光學構件)上來使用。The material (material of the adherend) that can be attached to the adhesive sheet disclosed here is not particularly limited, for example: copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, zinc, etc. or containing such Metal materials such as alloys of two or more kinds, or polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyether nitrile resins, polyether nitrile resins, polyester resins (PET resins, polynaphthalene di ethylene formate-based resin, etc.), polyvinyl chloride-based resin, polyphenylene sulfide-based resin, polyetheretherketone-based resin, polyamide-based resin (so-called aramid resin, etc.), polyarylate-based resin , polycarbonate-based resins, cellulose-based polymers such as cellulose diacetate or cellulose triacetate, vinyl butyral-based polymers, liquid crystal polymers, and other resin materials (typically plastic materials), alumina, Inorganic materials such as zirconia, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, carbon, etc. The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be attached to a member (such as an optical member) made of the above-mentioned materials.

作為在此揭示之黏著片之貼附對象的構件或材料(在雙面黏著片中為至少一被黏著體)可為由折射率較一般丙烯酸系黏著劑更高之材料構成者。被黏著體材料之折射率例如為1.50以上,其中亦有折射率為1.55以上或1.58以上之被黏著體材料,並且亦存在折射率為1.62以上(例如1.66左右)者。所述高折射率之被黏著體材料典型上為樹脂材料。更具體而言,可為PET等之聚酯系樹脂、或聚醯亞胺系樹脂、芳醯胺樹脂、聚伸苯硫醚系樹脂、聚碳酸酯系樹脂等。對於所述材料,可適宜發揮使用在此揭示之黏著片的效果(抑制以折射率差為原因造成之光線之反射)。上述被黏著體材料之折射率的上限例如為1.80以下,可為1.70以下。在此揭示之黏著片適宜在貼附於如上述之高折射率之被黏著體(例如構件)上之態樣下使用。所述被黏著體之適宜例可舉折射率為1.50~1.80(宜為1.55~1.75,例如1.60~1.70)之樹脂薄膜。上述折射率可以與黏著劑之折射率相同之方法來測定。The member or material to be attached to the adhesive sheet disclosed here (at least one adherend in the double-sided adhesive sheet) may be made of a material with a higher refractive index than general acrylic adhesives. The refractive index of the material to be adhered is, for example, 1.50 or more. Among them, there are also adherend materials with a refractive index of 1.55 or more or 1.58 or more, and there are also those with a refractive index of 1.62 or more (for example, about 1.66). The adherend material with a high refractive index is typically a resin material. More specifically, polyester-based resins such as PET, polyimide-based resins, aramid resins, polyphenylene sulfide-based resins, polycarbonate-based resins, and the like may be used. Such a material can suitably exhibit the effect of using the adhesive sheet disclosed here (suppression of reflection of light due to a difference in refractive index). The upper limit of the refractive index of the said to-be-adhered body material is 1.80 or less, for example, and may be 1.70 or less. The adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitably used in a state of being attached to the above-mentioned high-refractive-index adherend (for example, a member). A suitable example of the adherend may be a resin film with a refractive index of 1.50-1.80 (preferably 1.55-1.75, eg 1.60-1.70). The above-mentioned refractive index can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the adhesive.

作為黏著片之貼附對象的構件或材料(在雙面黏著片中為至少一被黏著體)可為具有光透射性者。以所述被黏著體來說,容易獲得在此揭示之技術所帶來之效果(抑制在被黏著體與黏著片之界面之光線反射)之優點。上述被黏著體之全光線透射率例如可大於50%,較宜可為70%以上。在數個理想態樣中,上述被黏著體之全光線透射率為80%以上,較宜為90%以上,可為95%以上(例如95~100%)。在此揭示之黏著片適宜在貼附於全光線透射率為預定值以上之被黏著體(例如光學構件)上之態樣下使用。上述全光線透射率係根據JIS K 7136:2000,使用市售之透射率計來測定。透射率計可使用村上色彩技術研究所製之商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」或其等效品。The member or material to be attached to the adhesive sheet (at least one adherend in the double-sided adhesive sheet) may be light transmissive. For the adherend, the advantage of the effect (suppression of light reflection at the interface between the adherend and the adhesive sheet) brought about by the technology disclosed here is easily obtained. The total light transmittance of the above-mentioned adherend may be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably greater than 70%. In several ideal aspects, the total light transmittance of the above-mentioned adherend is above 80%, preferably above 90%, and may be above 95% (for example, 95-100%). The adhesive sheet disclosed here is preferably used in a state of being attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more. The above-mentioned total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute or its equivalent can be used.

在數個理想態樣中,貼附黏著片之被黏著體(例如構件)可為具有上述折射率且具有上述全光線透射率者。具體上,在此揭示之黏著片可適宜在貼附於折射率為1.50以上(例如1.55以上、1.58以上、1.62以上、1.66左右等)且全光線透射率大於50%(例如為70%以上、宜為80%以上、較宜為90%以上、更可為95%以上)之被黏著體、例如構件之態樣下使用。在貼附於所述構件之態樣中,尤能適宜發揮在此揭示之技術所帶來的效果。In several ideal aspects, the adherend (for example, a member) to which the adhesive sheet is attached may have the above-mentioned refractive index and the above-mentioned total light transmittance. Specifically, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can be suitably attached to a film with a refractive index of 1.50 or higher (such as 1.55 or higher, 1.58 or higher, 1.62 or higher, 1.66 or so) and a total light transmittance greater than 50% (such as 70% or higher, 1.66 or higher, etc.) It should be more than 80%, preferably more than 90%, more preferably more than 95%) of the adherend, such as a member. In the form attached to the member, the effects brought by the technology disclosed here can be suitably exerted.

較佳用途之一例可舉光學用途。更具體而言,例如可適宜將在此揭示之黏著片作為可用於貼合光學構件之用途(光學構件貼合用)或使用有上述光學構件之製品(光學製品)之製造用途等的光學用黏著片來使用。Optical use is mentioned as an example of preferable use. More specifically, for example, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can be suitably used as an optical product that can be used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above-mentioned optical members. Adhesive sheet to use.

上述光學構件係指具有光學特性(例如偏光性、光折射性、光散射性、光反射性、光透射性、光吸收性、光繞射性、旋光性、視辨性等)之構件。上述光學構件若為具有光學特性之構件則無特別限定,可列舉例如構成顯示裝置(影像顯示裝置)、輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)之構件或用於該等機器之構件,可舉例如偏光板、波長板、相位差板、光學補償薄膜、增亮薄膜、導光板、反射薄膜、抗反射薄膜、硬塗(HC)薄膜、衝擊吸收薄膜、防污薄膜、光致變色薄膜、調光薄膜、透明導電薄膜(ITO薄膜)、設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜、表面保護板、稜鏡、透鏡、彩色濾光片、透明基板,或進一步為該等積層而成之構件(該等有時統稱為「機能性薄膜」)等。此外,上述「板」及「薄膜」係分別設為包含板狀、薄膜狀、片狀等形態者,例如「偏光薄膜」係設為包含「偏光板」或「偏光片」等者,而「導光板」係設為包含「導光薄膜」或「導光片」等者。又,上述「偏光板」係設為包含圓偏光板者。The aforementioned optical member refers to a member having optical properties (such as polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflection, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). The aforementioned optical member is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having optical properties, and examples thereof include members constituting devices such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices (optical devices) or members used in such devices, such as polarizers Plate, Wavelength Plate, Retardation Plate, Optical Compensation Film, Brightness Enhancement Film, Light Guide Plate, Reflective Film, Antireflective Film, Hard Coating (HC) Film, Shock Absorbing Film, Antifouling Film, Photochromic Film, Dimming Film , transparent conductive film (ITO film), design film, decorative film, surface protection plate, 稜鏡, lens, color filter, transparent substrate, or further components formed by such layers (these are sometimes collectively referred to as " Functional film"), etc. In addition, the above-mentioned "plate" and "film" are defined to include forms such as plate, film, sheet, etc., for example, "polarizing film" is defined to include "polarizing plate" or "polarizer", and " "Light guide plate" is assumed to include "light guide film" or "light guide sheet". In addition, the above-mentioned "polarizing plate" is assumed to include circular polarizing plates.

上述顯示裝置可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、有機EL顯示裝置、微LED(µLED)、迷你LED(miniLED)、PDP、電子紙等。又,上述輸入裝置可舉觸控面板等。The above-mentioned display device may, for example, be a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED (µLED), a mini LED (mini LED), a PDP, an electronic paper, or the like. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as the said input device.

上述光學構件無特別限定,可舉例如由玻璃、丙烯酸樹脂、聚碳酸酯、PET、金屬薄膜等構成之構件(例如片狀或膜狀、板狀構件)等。此外,本說明書中之「光學構件」亦設為包含保持顯示裝置或輸入裝置之視辨性的同時擔任裝飾或保護功能之構件(設計薄膜、裝飾薄膜或表面保護薄膜等)。The above-mentioned optical member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include members made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, and metal thin films (for example, sheet-like, film-like, and plate-like members). In addition, the "optical member" in this specification is also taken to include a member (design film, decorative film, or surface protection film, etc.) that performs a decorative or protective function while maintaining the visibility of a display device or an input device.

在此揭示之技術例如可適宜用於將具有1或2種以上光透射、反射、擴散、波導、聚光、繞射等功能之薄膜或螢光薄膜等光學薄膜接合於其他光學構件(可為其他光學薄膜)。其中,在具有至少1種光之波導、聚光、繞射之功能的光學薄膜之接合中,接合層之全部整體宜為高折射率,而可成為在此揭示之技術的理想應用對象。For example, the technology disclosed here can be suitably used to join optical films such as thin films or fluorescent films with one or more functions of light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguide, light concentration, and diffraction to other optical members (which can be other optical films). Among them, in the bonding of optical films having at least one of the functions of waveguide, light collection, and diffraction of light, the entirety of the bonding layer should preferably have a high refractive index, and it can be an ideal application target of the technology disclosed here.

在此揭示之黏著劑例如可適宜用於導光薄膜、擴散薄膜、螢光薄膜、調色薄膜、稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等光學薄膜之接合。該等用途中,由光學構件之小型化的傾向或高性能化之觀點來看,係要求薄型化或光擷取效率之提升。在此揭示之黏著劑可適宜作為可符合所述要求之黏著劑來利用。更詳細而言,例如在導光薄膜或擴散薄膜之接合時,藉由調整作為接合層之黏著劑層的折射率(例如高折射率化)可有助於薄型化。螢光薄膜之接合可藉由適當調整螢光發光體與黏著劑之折射率差,來提升光擷取效率(亦可視為發光效率)。就調色薄膜之接合而言,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率以使與調色用顏料之折射率差變小,可降低散射成分,而有助於提升光透射性。在稜鏡片、柱鏡薄膜、微透鏡陣列薄膜等之接合時,藉由適當調整黏著劑之折射率來控制光的繞射,可有助於提升亮度及/或視角。The adhesive disclosed here can be suitably used for bonding of optical films such as light guide film, diffusion film, fluorescent film, toner film, tinted film, lenticular film, microlens array film, etc., for example. In these applications, reduction in thickness or improvement in light extraction efficiency is required from the viewpoint of the trend toward miniaturization of optical components or enhancement of performance. The adhesive disclosed here can be suitably utilized as an adhesive that meets the above-mentioned requirements. More specifically, for example, when bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index) of the adhesive layer as the bonding layer can contribute to thinning. The bonding of fluorescent films can improve the light extraction efficiency (also known as luminous efficiency) by properly adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent luminous body and the adhesive. For the bonding of toning films, by properly adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive to reduce the refractive index difference with the toning pigment, the scattering components can be reduced, which contributes to the improvement of light transmittance. During the bonding of lamina sheets, lenticular films, microlens array films, etc., by properly adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive to control the diffraction of light, it can help to improve the brightness and/or viewing angle.

在此揭示之黏著片可適宜在貼附於高折射率之被黏著體(可為高折射率之層或構件等)之態樣下使用,而可抑制與上述被黏著體之界面反射。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著片以如上述與被黏著體之折射率差小且在與被黏著體之界面的密著性高為佳。又,由提高外觀之均質性之觀點來看,黏著劑層之厚度的均一性宜高,例如黏著面之表面平滑性宜高。當高折射率之被黏著體的厚度較小時(例如為5µm以下、4µm以下或2µm以下時),由抑制反射光之干涉造成之著色或顏色不均之觀點來看,抑制在界面之反射一事特別有意義。作為所述使用態樣之一例可舉下述態樣:可在依序具備偏光件、第1相位差層及第2相位差層之附相位差層之偏光板中,用於上述偏光件與上述第1相位差層之接合及/或上述第1相位差層與上述第2相位差層之接合。The adhesive sheet disclosed here can be suitably used in a state where it is attached to a high-refractive-index adherend (it may be a high-refractive-index layer or member, etc.), and can suppress interface reflection with the above-mentioned adherend. The adhesive sheet that can be used in the above-mentioned aspect preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend as described above. Also, from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the appearance, the uniformity of the thickness of the adhesive layer should be high, for example, the surface smoothness of the adhesive surface should be high. When the thickness of the adherend with a high refractive index is small (for example, 5µm or less, 4µm or less, or 2µm or less), from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or color unevenness caused by the interference of reflected light, the reflection at the interface is suppressed One thing is very meaningful. As an example of the usage, the following aspect can be mentioned: In a polarizing plate with a retardation layer provided with a polarizer, a first retardation layer, and a second retardation layer in this order, the polarizer and the polarizer can be used. The bonding of the first retardation layer and/or the bonding of the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer.

又,在此揭示之黏著片因適於高折射率化,故可適宜在貼附於光半導體等之發光層(例如主要為藉由無機材料構成之高折射的發光層)之態樣下來使用。藉由縮小發光層與黏著劑層之折射率差,可抑制在其等界面之反射,提升光擷取效率。可在所述態樣下使用之黏著片宜具備高折射率之黏著劑層。又,由提升亮度之觀點來看,黏著片宜為低著色。其由抑制黏著片造成之非刻意之著色之觀點來看亦有利。Also, since the adhesive sheet disclosed here is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be suitably used in a state where it is attached to a light-emitting layer such as an optical semiconductor (for example, a high-refraction light-emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material). . By narrowing the refractive index difference between the light-emitting layer and the adhesive layer, the reflection at their interfaces can be suppressed, and the light extraction efficiency can be improved. The adhesive sheet that can be used in the above-mentioned aspect preferably has an adhesive layer with a high refractive index. Also, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, the adhesive sheet is preferably low-colored. It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring by the adhesive sheet.

此外,本說明書中,自發光元件意指可藉由流通的電流值來控制發光亮度的發光元件。自發光元件可以單一體構成,亦可以集合體來構成。自發光元件之具體例包含發光二極體(LED)及有機EL,惟不受該等限定。又,在本說明書中,發光裝置意指包含所述自發光元件作為構成要素之裝置。在上述發光裝置之例中,還包含作為照明利用之光源模組裝置(例如面狀發光體模組)或形成有畫素之顯示裝置,惟不受該等限定。In addition, in this specification, a self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose luminance can be controlled by the value of the current flowing therethrough. The self-luminous element may be configured as a single body or as an aggregate. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic ELs, but are not limited thereto. In addition, in this specification, a light-emitting device means a device including the above-mentioned self-light-emitting element as a constituent element. Examples of the above-mentioned light-emitting devices also include light source module devices used as lighting (such as planar light-emitting body modules) or display devices formed with pixels, but are not limited thereto.

在此揭示之黏著劑在作為相機或發光裝置等構成構件使用之微透鏡及其他透鏡構件(例如構成微透鏡陣列薄膜之微透鏡或相機用微透鏡等透鏡構件)中,可適宜作為覆蓋透鏡面之塗佈層、和與上述透鏡面相對向之構件(例如具有與透鏡面對應之表面形狀的構件)的接合層、充填於上述透鏡面與上述構件之間的充填層等來使用。在此揭示之黏著劑因適於高折射率化,故即使為高折射率之透鏡(例如藉由高折射率樹脂構成之透鏡、或具有高折射率樹脂製之表面層的透鏡),仍可減低與該透鏡之折射率差。此事由上述透鏡及具備有該透鏡之製品的薄型化之觀點來看是有利的,亦可有助於抑制像差或提升阿貝數。在此揭示之黏著劑亦可在例如充填於適當之透明構件之凹部或空隙之形態下,將其本身作為透鏡樹脂來利用。The adhesive disclosed here can be suitably used as a covering lens surface in microlenses used as components of cameras or light-emitting devices and other lens components (for example, microlenses constituting a microlens array film or lens components such as microlenses for cameras). The coating layer, the bonding layer of a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, etc. are used. The adhesive disclosed here is suitable for high refractive index, so even if it is a lens with high refractive index (such as a lens made of high refractive index resin, or a lens with a surface layer made of high refractive index resin), it can still be used. Reduce the refractive index difference with the lens. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning the above-mentioned lens and products including the lens, and can also contribute to suppression of aberrations and improvement of Abbe's number. The adhesive disclosed here can also be used as a lens resin itself, for example, in the form of being filled in a concave portion or a void of an appropriate transparent member.

使用在此揭示之黏著片來貼合光學構件之態樣無特別限定,例如可為以下態樣:(1)透過在此揭示之黏著片來貼合光學構件彼此之態樣;或(2)透過在此揭示之黏著片將光學構件貼合至光學構件以外之構件之態樣;亦可為(3)為在此揭示之黏著片包含光學構件之形態且將該黏著片貼合至光學構件或光學構件以外之構件之態樣。此外,在上述(3)之態樣中,包含光學構件之形態的黏著片例如可為支持體為光學構件(例如光學薄膜)之黏著片。如所述包含光學構件作為支持體之形態的黏著片亦可視為黏著型光學構件(例如黏著型光學薄膜)。又,在此揭示之黏著片為具有支持體之類型的黏著片且使用上述機能性薄膜作為上述支持體時,在此揭示之黏著片亦可視為在機能性薄膜之至少單面側具有在此揭示之黏著劑層的「黏著型機能性薄膜」。There is no particular limitation on the aspect of using the adhesive sheet disclosed here to bond optical components, for example, the following aspects can be used: (1) the aspect of bonding optical components to each other through the adhesive sheet disclosed here; or (2) The form of attaching the optical member to a member other than the optical member through the adhesive sheet disclosed here; it may also be (3) that the adhesive sheet disclosed here includes the form of the optical member and the adhesive sheet is attached to the optical member Or the form of components other than optical components. In addition, in the aspect of (3) above, the adhesive sheet in the form of including an optical member may be an adhesive sheet in which the support is an optical member (such as an optical film), for example. An adhesive sheet comprising an optical member as a support as described above can also be regarded as an adhesive optical member (for example, an adhesive optical film). In addition, when the adhesive sheet disclosed here is a type of adhesive sheet having a support and the above-mentioned functional film is used as the support, the adhesive sheet disclosed here can also be regarded as having the above-mentioned adhesive sheet on at least one side of the functional film. The "adhesive functional film" of the adhesive layer disclosed.

由上述,根據在此揭示之技術,提供一種具備在此揭示之黏著片與貼附有該黏著片之構件的積層體。可貼附黏著片之構件可為具有上述被黏著體材料之折射率者。又,黏著片之折射率與構件之折射率的差(折射率差)可為上述被黏著體與黏著片之折射率差。關於構成積層體之構件,如以上述構件、材料、被黏著體所說明,故不反覆重複說明。From the above, according to the technique disclosed here, there is provided a laminate comprising the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member attached with the adhesive sheet. The member to which the adhesive sheet can be attached may have the above-mentioned refractive index of the adherend material. Moreover, the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of an adhesive sheet and a member may be the refractive index difference of the said to-be-adhered body and an adhesive sheet. As for the members constituting the laminate, the above-mentioned members, materials, and adherends have been described, so the description will not be repeated.

如從以上說明及以下實施例可理解,藉由本說明書揭示之事項中包含以下事項。 [1]一種黏著劑組成物,包含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑; 構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1); 前述塑化劑係具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物。 [2]如上述[1]之黏著劑組成物,其中前述化合物係在20℃下為液態之化合物。 [3]如上述[1]或[2]之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於15重量份。 [4]如上述[1]~[3]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於30重量份。 [5]如上述[1]~[4]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑具有選自芳香環及雜環中之至少1種環作為前述含雙鍵之環。 [6]如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑具有第1含雙鍵之環與第2含雙鍵之環,且前述第1含雙鍵之環與前述第2含雙鍵之環係隔著原子數1~5之連結基連結。 [7]如上述[1]~[6]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑之分子量在100~2000之範圍內。 [8]如上述[1]~[7]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除前述含芳香環單體(A1)外還含有單體(A2),該單體(A2)具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者。 [9]如上述[1]~[8]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述單體成分中,前述含芳香環單體(A1)之含量為60重量%以上。 [10]如上述[1]~[9]中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述含芳香環單體(A1)中50重量%以上為均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度在10℃以下之單體。 As can be understood from the above description and the following examples, the matters disclosed in this specification include the following matters. [1] An adhesive composition comprising an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer; The monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1); The aforementioned plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and is liquid at 30°C. [2] The adhesive composition according to the above [1], wherein the compound is a liquid compound at 20°C. [3] The adhesive composition according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the plasticizer is contained in more than 15 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. [4] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein the plasticizer is contained in more than 30 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer. [5] The adhesive composition according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the plasticizer has at least one ring selected from aromatic rings and heterocyclic rings as the double bond-containing ring. [6] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the plasticizer has a first double bond-containing ring and a second double bond-containing ring, and the first double bond-containing ring The bonded ring is connected to the aforementioned second double bond-containing ring through a linking group having 1 to 5 atoms. [7] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above-mentioned [1]-[6], wherein the molecular weight of the plasticizer is in the range of 100-2000. [8] The adhesive composition according to any one of the above-mentioned [1] to [7], wherein the monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer further contains a monomer (A2) in addition to the aforementioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1). ), the monomer (A2) has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. [9] The adhesive composition according to any one of [1] to [8] above, wherein the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer components is 60% by weight or more. [10] The adhesive composition according to any one of [1] to [9] above, wherein at least 50% by weight of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) is a homopolymer and the glass transition temperature is 10°C or lower. monomer.

[11]一種黏著劑,係由如上述[1]~[9]中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成。 [12]如上述[11]之黏著劑,其折射率為1.55以上,且0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)在1.0×10 4Pa~1.0×10 6Pa之範圍內。 [13]如上述[11]或[12]之黏著劑,其玻璃轉移溫度在-50℃~0℃之範圍內。 [14]如上述[11]~[13]中任一項之黏著劑,其前述儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)相對於80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之比(G'(0℃)/G'(80℃))在1~1000之範圍內。 [15]如上述[11]~[14]中任一項之黏著劑,其-10℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(-10℃)相對於80℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(80℃)之比(G'(-10℃)/G'(80℃))在1~1000之範圍內。 [11] An adhesive comprising the adhesive composition according to any one of [1] to [9] above. [12] The adhesive according to the above [11], which has a refractive index of 1.55 or more and a storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) at 0°C in the range of 1.0×10 4 Pa to 1.0×10 6 Pa. [13] The adhesive according to the above [11] or [12], which has a glass transition temperature in the range of -50°C to 0°C. [14] The adhesive according to any one of the above [11] to [13], wherein the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) to the storage elastic modulus G'(80°C) at 80°C (G'(0°C)/G'(80°C)) is in the range of 1~1000. [15] The adhesive according to any one of the above [11] to [14], wherein the storage elastic modulus G'(-10°C) at -10°C is relative to the storage elastic modulus G'( 80°C) ratio (G'(-10°C)/G'(80°C)) is in the range of 1~1000.

[16]一種黏著片,包含由如上述[1]~[10]中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑層。 [17]一種黏著片,包含由如上述[11]~[15]中任一項之黏著劑構成之黏著劑層。 [18]如上述[16]或[17]之黏著片,其中前述黏著劑層之厚度在5~75µm之範圍內。 [19]如上述[16]~[18]中任一項之黏著片,其中黏著劑在0℃下之儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)[Pa]與黏著劑層之厚度T[µm]之積(G'(0℃)×T)在5.0×10 4~5.0×10 7之範圍內。 [20]如上述[16]~[19]中任一項之黏著片,其全光線透射率為85%以上。 [21]如上述[16]~[20]中任一項之黏著片,其霧度值為3%以下。 [22]如上述[16]~[21]中任一項之黏著片,其對玻璃板之剝離強度為0.1N/25mm以上。 [16] An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer formed of the adhesive composition according to any one of [1] to [10] above. [17] An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer composed of the adhesive according to any one of [11] to [15] above. [18] The adhesive sheet according to the above [16] or [17], wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 5 to 75 µm. [19] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [16] to [18], wherein the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) [Pa] of the adhesive at 0°C and the thickness T [µm of the adhesive layer ] product (G'(0°C)×T) is in the range of 5.0×10 4 ~5.0×10 7 . [20] The adhesive sheet according to any one of [16] to [19] above, which has a total light transmittance of 85% or more. [21] The adhesive sheet according to any one of [16] to [20] above, which has a haze value of 3% or less. [22] The adhesive sheet according to any one of the above [16] to [21], which has a peel strength to a glass plate of 0.1 N/25mm or more.

實施例 以下將說明諸個有關本發明之實施例,惟所述具體例所示者非意在限定本發明。此外,以下說明中,表示使用量或含量之「份」及「%」在未特別說明下為重量基準。 Example Various embodiments related to the present invention will be described below, but those shown in the specific examples are not intended to limit the present invention. In addition, in the following description, "part" and "%" which show the usage-amount or content are weight basis unless otherwise specified.

<例1> (丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製) 於具備攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管及冷卻器之四口燒瓶中,饋入作為單體成分之間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯(共榮社化學公司製,商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A」,折射率:1.566,均聚物之Tg:-35℃;以下表記為「POB-A」之情形)95份及丙烯酸4-羥丁酯(4HBA)5份、作為聚合引發劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2份、及作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯150份,一邊緩慢地攪拌一邊導入氮氣,並將燒瓶內之液溫保持在60℃附近進行6小時聚合反應,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P1之溶液(40%)。丙烯酸系聚合物P1之Mw為50萬。 <Example 1> (Preparation of Acrylic Polymer Solution) In a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a cooler, m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A") was charged as a monomer component. ", Refractive Index: 1.566, Tg of Homopolymer: -35°C; hereinafter expressed as "POB-A") 95 parts and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) 5 parts, as a polymerization initiator 2, 0.2 parts of 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, and 150 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent, introduce nitrogen gas while stirring slowly, and keep the liquid temperature in the flask at around 60°C for 6 hours of polymerization reaction to prepare A solution (40%) of acrylic polymer P1 was prepared. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P1 was 500,000.

(黏著劑組成物之調製) 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P1之溶液(40%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成20%,並於該溶液500份(非揮發成分100份)中添加作為交聯劑之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的三聚異氰酸酯體(Tosoh公司製,商品名「Coronate HX」,3官能異氰酸酯化合物)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液10份(非揮發成分0.1份)、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 (Preparation of Adhesive Composition) The solution (40%) of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P1 was diluted to 20% with ethyl acetate, and 500 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) was added as a cross-linking agent. 10 parts of 1% ethyl acetate solution (0.1 part of non-volatile content) of polyisocyanate body (manufactured by Tosoh, trade name "Coronate HX", trifunctional isocyanate compound), 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, as 1 part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetylacetonate as a crosslinking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) was stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example.

(黏著片之製作) 將上述調製出之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物塗佈於單面經聚矽氧處理過之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)薄膜R1(厚度50µm)的聚矽氧處理面上,在130℃下加熱2分鐘,形成厚度20µm之黏著劑層。接著,於上述黏著劑層之表面貼合單面經聚矽氧處理過之PET薄膜R2(厚度25µm)的聚矽氧處理面。依上述方式而獲得由上述黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片。該黏著片之兩面受到PET薄膜(剝離襯墊)R1、R2保護。 (Production of Adhesive Sheet) Coat the acrylic adhesive composition prepared above on the polysiloxane-treated surface of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film R1 (thickness 50 μm) treated with polysiloxane on one side, at 130 Heat at ℃ for 2 minutes to form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 20µm. Next, the silicone-treated side of the PET film R2 (thickness 25 μm) treated with silicone on one side was attached to the surface of the above-mentioned adhesive layer. A substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet composed of the above-mentioned adhesive layer was obtained in the above-mentioned manner. Both sides of this adhesive sheet were protected by PET film (release liner) R1, R2.

<例2> (丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製) 於具備攪拌葉片、溫度計、氮氣導入管及冷卻器之四口燒瓶中,饋入作為單體成分之丙烯酸苄酯(大阪有機化學工業公司製,商品名「Viscoat #160」,折射率:1.519,均聚物之Tg:6℃;以下表記為「BZA」)99份及4HBA 1份、作為聚合引發劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.2份、及作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯100份,一邊緩慢地攪拌一邊導入氮氣,並將燒瓶內之液溫保持在60℃附近進行6小時聚合反應,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液(聚合物濃度50%)。丙烯酸系聚合物P2之Mw為100萬。 <Example 2> (Preparation of Acrylic Polymer Solution) In a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet tube, and a cooler, benzyl acrylate (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "Viscoat #160", refractive index: 1.519, Tg of homopolymer: 6°C; hereinafter referred to as "BZA") 99 parts and 1 part of 4HBA, 0.2 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator, and ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent 100 parts, nitrogen gas was introduced while slowly stirring, and the liquid temperature in the flask was kept at around 60°C to carry out polymerization reaction for 6 hours to prepare a solution of acrylic polymer P2 (polymer concentration: 50%). The Mw of the acrylic polymer P2 was 1 million.

(黏著劑組成物之調製) 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液(聚合物濃度50%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中添加作為交聯劑之六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的三聚異氰酸酯體(Tosoh公司製,商品名「Coronate HX」,3官能異氰酸酯化合物)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液10份(非揮發成分0.1份)、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 (Preparation of Adhesive Composition) Dilute the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P2 solution (polymer concentration 50%) with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and add hexamethasone as a crosslinking agent to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components). 10 parts of a 1% ethyl acetate solution (0.1 part of non-volatile components) of a trimeric isocyanate body of methyl diisocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh, trade name "Coronate HX", a trifunctional isocyanate compound), ethyl alcohol as a crosslinking retarder 2 parts of acetylacetone, 1 part of 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetylacetonate as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components) were stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example.

(黏著片之製作) 使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 (Production of Adhesive Sheet) Using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

<例3~例5> 在例2中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液中所含之非揮發成分100份,進一步添加作為塑化劑A1之POB-A(共榮社化學公司製,商品名「LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A」,間苯氧基苄基丙烯酸酯,折射率:1.566,在20℃下為液體)30份(例3)、45份(例4)或60份(例5),除此之外以與例2中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,分別調製出各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之各丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 3~Example 5> In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 2, POB-A (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. Made by the company, trade name "LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A", m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate, refractive index: 1.566, liquid at 20°C) 30 parts (Example 3), 45 parts (Example 4) or 60 parts (Example 5), except for this, the acrylic adhesive composition of each example was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 2. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive compositions, in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1, the adhesive sheets of each example (double-sided adhesive sheets without substrates composed of adhesive layers) were produced. .

<例6> 將單體成分之組成變更成丙烯酸苯氧乙酯(大阪有機化學工業公司製,商品名「Viscoat #192」,折射率:1.517,均聚物之Tg:2℃;以下表記為「PEA」)99份及4HBA 1份,除此之外以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P3之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P3之Mw為100萬。 除了使用丙烯酸系聚合物P3之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 6> The composition of the monomer component was changed to phenoxyethyl acrylate (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "Viscoat #192", refractive index: 1.517, Tg of homopolymer: 2°C; hereinafter referred to as "PEA") Except for 99 parts and 1 part of 4HBA, the solution of acrylic polymer P3 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P3 was 1 million. Except for using the solution of acrylic polymer P3 to replace the solution of acrylic polymer P2, the acrylic adhesive composition of this example was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 2, and Using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

<例7> 在例3中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,使用丙烯酸系聚合物P3之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P2之溶液。其餘以與例3中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 7> In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 3, the solution of acrylic polymer P3 was used instead of the solution of acrylic polymer P2. For the rest, prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 3, and use the obtained acrylic adhesive composition to make this acrylic adhesive composition in the same manner as in Example 1. An example of an adhesive sheet (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material consisting of an adhesive layer).

<例8> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成BZA 99份及丙烯酸(AA)1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P4之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P4之Mw為100萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P4之溶液(聚合物濃度50%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中加入作為交聯劑之環氧系交聯劑(MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL公司製,商品名「TETRAD C」,1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷)0.1份並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 8> A solution of acrylic polymer P4 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 99 parts of BZA and 1 part of acrylic acid (AA). The Mw of the acrylic polymer P4 was 1 million. Dilute the above acrylic polymer P4 solution (polymer concentration 50%) with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and add epoxy as a crosslinking agent to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components). A cross-linking agent (manufactured by MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL, trade name "TETRAD C", 0.1 part of 1,3-bis(N,N-diecidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane) was stirred and mixed to prepare The acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例9~例12> 在例8中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物P4之溶液中所含之非揮發成分100份,進一步添加60份之POB-A作為塑化劑A1(例9)、60份之4,4'-氧基雙[(甲氧基甲基)苯](東京化成工業公司製,折射率:1.56,在20℃下為液體)作為塑化劑A2(例10)、60份之3-苯氧基苯甲醇(東京化成工業公司製,折射率:1.591,在20℃下為液體;以下有時表記為「POB-AL」)作為塑化劑A3(例11)、或60份之1-萘乙酮(東京化成工業公司製,折射率:1.63,在20℃下為液體)作為塑化劑A4(例12),除此之外以與例8中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,分別調製出各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。除了使用所得之各丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 9~Example 12> In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 8, 60 parts of POB-A was further added as plasticizer A1 (Example 9 ), 60 parts of 4,4'-oxybis[(methoxymethyl)benzene] (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., refractive index: 1.56, liquid at 20°C) as plasticizer A2 (Example 10 ), 60 parts of 3-phenoxybenzyl alcohol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., refractive index: 1.591, liquid at 20°C; hereinafter sometimes referred to as "POB-AL") as plasticizer A3 (Example 11 ), or 60 parts of 1-naphthyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., refractive index: 1.63, liquid at 20 ° C) as plasticizer A4 (Example 12), in addition to the same as in Example 8 Preparation of Acrylic Adhesive Composition The same method was used to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of each example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive compositions, in the same manner as the adhesive sheet in Example 1, the adhesive sheets of each example (double-sided adhesive sheets without substrates composed of adhesive layers) were produced. .

<例13> 除了將單體成分之組成進行變更成BZA 90份、丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)9份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P5之Mw為100萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液(聚合物濃度50%)用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中加入上述塑化劑A3(POB-AL)60份及上述環氧系交聯劑0.1份後攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 13> In addition to changing the composition of the monomer components to 90 parts of BZA, 9 parts of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 1 part of AA, in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, an acrylic polymer solution was prepared. Solution of substance P5. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P5 was 1 million. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P5 (polymer concentration 50%) was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and the above-mentioned plasticizer A3 (POB -AL) 60 parts and 0.1 part of the above-mentioned epoxy-based crosslinking agent were stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例14> 在例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液中所含之非揮發成分100份,進一步以固體成分計添加15份之雙甲酚茀(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co.,Ltd.製,9,9-雙(4-羥-3-甲基苯基)茀,折射率:1.68;以下有時表記為「BCF」)作為添加劑,除此之外以與例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。上述添加劑係以10%乙酸乙酯溶液來添加。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 14> In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, 15 parts of biscresol (Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., 9,9-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) fluorene, refractive index: 1.68; hereinafter sometimes referred to as "BCF") as an additive, in addition to In the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, the acrylic adhesive composition of this example was prepared. The above additives were added as 10% ethyl acetate solution. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例15~例16> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成BZA 90份、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)9份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P6之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P6之Mw為100萬。 在例13~例14中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,使用丙烯酸系聚合物P6之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。其餘以與例13~例14中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,分別調製出例15~例16之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之各丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 15~Example 16> Except changing the composition of the monomer components to 90 parts of BZA, 9 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and 1 part of AA, acrylic acid was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2. It is a solution of polymer P6. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P6 was 1 million. In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Examples 13 to 14, the solution of acrylic polymer P6 was used instead of the solution of acrylic polymer P5. For the rest, prepare the acrylic adhesive compositions of Examples 15 to 16 in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive compositions in Examples 13 to 14, and use the obtained acrylic adhesive compositions to Adhesive sheets (double-sided adhesive sheets without base material composed of an adhesive layer) of each example were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1.

<例17~例18> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成BZA 80份、BA 19份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P7之溶液。又,除了將單體成分之組成變更成BZA 66份、BA 33份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P8之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P7、P8之Mw為100萬。 在例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,使用丙烯酸系聚合物P7(例17)或P8(例18)之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。其餘以與例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,分別調製出例17~例18之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之各丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 17~Example 18> A solution of acrylic polymer P7 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 80 parts of BZA, 19 parts of BA, and 1 part of AA. Also, a solution of acrylic polymer P8 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 66 parts of BZA, 33 parts of BA, and 1 part of AA. The Mw of the acrylic polymers P7 and P8 was 1 million. In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, the solution of the acrylic polymer P7 (Example 17) or P8 (Example 18) was used instead of the solution of the acrylic polymer P5. For the rest, prepare the acrylic adhesive compositions of Examples 17-18 in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, and use the obtained acrylic adhesive compositions to compare with Example 1. Adhesive sheets (double-sided adhesive sheets without base material composed of an adhesive layer) of each example were produced in the same manner.

<例19> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 85份、BA 14份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P9之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P9之Mw為100萬。 在例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,使用丙烯酸系聚合物P9之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。其餘以與例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 19> A solution of acrylic polymer P9 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 85 parts of POB-A, 14 parts of BA, and 1 part of AA. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P9 was 1 million. In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, the solution of acrylic polymer P9 was used instead of the solution of acrylic polymer P5. For the rest, prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, and use the obtained acrylic adhesive composition to prepare this acrylic adhesive composition in the same manner as in Example 1. An example of an adhesive sheet (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material consisting of an adhesive layer).

<例20> 在例19中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物P9之溶液中所含之非揮發成分100份,進一步添加23份之6-丙烯醯氧基甲基二萘并噻吩(SUGAI化學工業公司製之商品名「6MDNTA」,二萘并噻吩-6-甲基丙烯酸酯體,折射率1.75;以下有時表記為「6MDNTA」)作為添加劑。其餘以與例19中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,並使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。上述添加劑係以10%乙酸乙酯溶液來添加。 <Example 20> In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 19, 23 parts of 6-acryloxymethylbinaphtho was further added to 100 parts of non-volatile components contained in the solution of acrylic polymer P9. Thiophene (trade name "6MDNTA" manufactured by SUGAI Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., dinaphthothiophene-6-methacrylate body, refractive index 1.75; hereinafter may be described as "6MDNTA") was used as an additive. For the rest, prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 19, and use the obtained acrylic adhesive composition to produce this acrylic adhesive composition in the same manner as in Example 1. An example of an adhesive sheet (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material consisting of an adhesive layer). The above additives were added as 10% ethyl acetate solution.

<例21~例22> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 80份、BA 19份及AA 1份外,以與例2中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P10之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P10之Mw為100萬。 在例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,使用丙烯酸系聚合物P10之溶液來取代丙烯酸系聚合物P5之溶液。其餘以與例13中之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製相同方式,調製出例21之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。又,在例21之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物之調製中,相對於丙烯酸系聚合物P10之溶液中所含之非揮發成分100份,將上述環氧系交聯劑之使用量變更成0.5份,調製出例22之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 使用所得之各丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物,以與例1相同方式分別製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 21~Example 22> A solution of acrylic polymer P10 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 2, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 80 parts of POB-A, 19 parts of BA, and 1 part of AA. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P10 was 1 million. In the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13, the solution of acrylic polymer P10 was used instead of the solution of acrylic polymer P5. For the rest, the acrylic adhesive composition of Example 21 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition in Example 13. Also, in the preparation of the acrylic adhesive composition of Example 21, the amount of the epoxy-based crosslinking agent used was changed to 0.5 parts with respect to 100 parts of non-volatile components contained in the solution of the acrylic polymer P10. , prepared the acrylic adhesive composition of Example 22. Using each of the obtained acrylic adhesive compositions, an adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) of each example was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

<例23> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 99份及2-丙烯醯氧基乙基-琥珀酸(共榮社化學公司製,商品名「HOA-MS(N)」,以下表記為「HOA-MS」)1份外,以與例1中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P11之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P11之Mw為50萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P11之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中添加上述塑化劑A3(POB-AL)40份、作為塑化劑A5之三甲基五苯基三矽氧烷(信越化學工業公司製,商品名「HIVAC F-5」,分子量:546,折射率:1.575,在20℃下為液體)20份及上述環氧系交聯劑(以下亦稱為交聯劑C1)0.3份並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 23> In addition to changing the composition of the monomer components to 99 parts of POB-A and 2-acryloxyethyl-succinic acid (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "HOA-MS(N)", hereinafter expressed as "HOA -MS"), in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 1, a solution of acrylic polymer P11 was prepared. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P11 was 500,000. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P11 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 40 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A3 (POB-AL) was added to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components), as Plasticizer A5 trimethylpentaphenyltrisiloxane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "HIVAC F-5", molecular weight: 546, refractive index: 1.575, liquid at 20°C) 20 parts and 0.3 parts of the above-mentioned epoxy-based cross-linking agent (hereinafter also referred to as cross-linking agent C1) were stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例24> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 95份、丙烯酸月桂酯(LA)2份、2EHA 2份及4HBA 1份外,以與例23中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P12之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P12之Mw為50萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P12之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中添加上述塑化劑A3(POB-AL)40份、上述塑化劑A5(HIVAC F-5)20份、作為交聯劑C2之非環式2官能之異氰酸酯系交聯劑(Tosoh公司製,商品名「Coronate 2770」,六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)脲甲酸酯體)0.3份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 24> Except changing the composition of monomer components to 95 parts of POB-A, 2 parts of lauryl acrylate (LA), 2 parts of 2EHA and 1 part of 4HBA, prepare in the same way as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 23 A solution of acrylic polymer P12 was produced. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P12 was 500,000. Dilute the solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P12 with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and add 40 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A3 (POB-AL) and the above-mentioned 20 parts of plasticizer A5 (HIVAC F-5), non-cyclic 2-functional isocyanate-based cross-linking agent as cross-linking agent C2 (manufactured by Tosoh Company, trade name "Coronate 2770", hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI ) alloformate body) 0.3 parts, 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, 1 part of 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetylacetonate as a crosslinking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile components ) and stirred to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例25> 除了將單體成分之組成變更成POB-A 90份、2EHA 9份及4HBA 1份外,以與例23中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P13之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P13之Mw為50萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P13之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並於該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份)中添加上述塑化劑A5(HIVAC F-5)80份、作為上述交聯劑C2(Coronate 2770)0.5份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出本例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出本例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 25> A solution of acrylic polymer P13 was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 23, except that the composition of the monomer components was changed to 90 parts of POB-A, 9 parts of 2EHA and 1 part of 4HBA. The Mw of the acrylic polymer P13 was 500,000. The solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P13 was diluted with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and 80 parts of the above-mentioned plasticizer A5 (HIVAC F-5) were added to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components), 0.5 parts of the above-mentioned crosslinking agent C2 (Coronate 2770), 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, 1 part of 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron (III) acetylacetonate as a crosslinking catalyst (non-volatile 0.01 parts) and stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of this example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheet of this example (a double-sided adhesive sheet without a base material composed of an adhesive layer) was produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<例26~28> 除了將單體成分之組成如表3所示進行變更外,以與例23中之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液之調製相同方式,分別調製出丙烯酸系聚合物P14及P15之溶液。丙烯酸系聚合物P14及P15之Mw分別為50萬。 將上述丙烯酸系聚合物P11、P14或P15之溶液用乙酸乙酯稀釋成聚合物濃度30%,並對該溶液334份(非揮發成分100份),如表3所示添加上述塑化劑A3、上述交聯劑C1或C2,且針對例26及28,進一步添加作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮2份、作為交聯觸媒之乙醯丙酮鐵(III)之1%乙酸乙酯溶液1份(非揮發成分0.01份)並攪拌混合,調製出各例之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物。 除了使用所得之丙烯酸系黏著劑組成物外,分別以與例1中之黏著片之製作相同方式,製作出各例之黏著片(由黏著劑層構成之無基材之雙面黏著片)。 <Example 26~28> Except for changing the composition of the monomer components as shown in Table 3, the solutions of acrylic polymers P14 and P15 were prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer solution in Example 23. The Mw of the acrylic polymers P14 and P15 were 500,000, respectively. Dilute the solution of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer P11, P14 or P15 with ethyl acetate to a polymer concentration of 30%, and add the above-mentioned plasticizer A3 to 334 parts of the solution (100 parts of non-volatile components) as shown in Table 3 , the above-mentioned crosslinking agent C1 or C2, and for examples 26 and 28, further add 2 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder, 1% ethyl acetate solution of iron acetylacetonate (III) as a crosslinking catalyst 1 part (0.01 part of non-volatile components) and stirred and mixed to prepare the acrylic adhesive composition of each example. Except for using the obtained acrylic adhesive composition, the adhesive sheets of each example (double-sided adhesive sheet without base material composed of an adhesive layer) were produced in the same manner as that of the adhesive sheet in Example 1.

<評估方法> (折射率) 針對各例之黏著劑層(無基材之雙面黏著片),使用阿貝折射率計(ATAGO CO., LTD.製,型式「DR-M4」)在測定波長589nm、測定溫度25℃之條件下測定折射率。 <Evaluation method> (refractive index) For the adhesive layer (double-sided adhesive sheet without base material) of each example, use an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO CO., LTD., type "DR-M4") at a measurement wavelength of 589nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. Measure the refractive index under the conditions.

(儲存彈性模數G'及玻璃轉移溫度) 將各例之黏著劑層積層做成厚度約1.5mm者,作為測定用試樣。使用Rheometric Scientific公司製「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」,藉由以下條件進行動態黏彈性測定。從測定結果求出黏著劑在各溫度(-20℃、-10℃、0℃及80℃)下之儲存彈性模數G'[Pa]。且,將上述動態黏彈性測定中相當於損耗正切tanδ(損耗彈性模數G"/儲存彈性模數G’)之峰頂溫度的溫度作為黏著劑之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)[℃]。 [測定條件] 變形模式:扭轉 測定頻率:1Hz 溫度範圍:-50℃~150℃ 升溫速度:5℃/分鐘 形狀:平行板 7.9mmφ (Storage elastic modulus G' and glass transition temperature) The adhesive layer of each example was made into a thickness of about 1.5mm, and it was used as a sample for measurement. Using "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific, dynamic viscoelasticity was measured under the following conditions. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G'[Pa] of the adhesive at various temperatures (-20°C, -10°C, 0°C and 80°C) was obtained. In addition, the temperature corresponding to the peak temperature of the loss tangent tanδ (loss elastic modulus G"/storage elastic modulus G') in the above-mentioned dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was taken as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [°C] of the adhesive. [measurement conditions] Deformation Mode: Twist Measurement frequency: 1Hz Temperature range: -50℃~150℃ Heating rate: 5°C/min Shape: parallel plate 7.9mmφ

(全光線透射率及霧度) 使用已將各例之黏著劑層貼合於無鹼玻璃(厚度0.8~1.0mm,全光線透射率92%,霧度0.4%)上之試驗片,用霧度計(村上色彩技術研究所製「 HM-150」),在23℃之測定環境下測定上述試驗片之全光線透射率及霧度。將從測定值減去上述無鹼玻璃之全光線透射率及霧度後之值作為黏著劑(層)之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]。關於由上述黏著劑層構成之無基材之黏著片,黏著劑層之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]會成為黏著片之全光線透射率[%]及霧度[%]。 (total light transmittance and haze) Using the test piece with the adhesive layer of each example attached to the alkali-free glass (thickness 0.8~1.0mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), use a haze meter (manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute) "HM-150"), the total light transmittance and haze of the above-mentioned test piece were measured in a measurement environment of 23°C. The values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the above-mentioned alkali-free glass from the measured values were taken as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer). Regarding the base-less adhesive sheet composed of the above adhesive layer, the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive layer will become the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive sheet .

(對玻璃板剝離強度) 在23℃、50%RH之測定環境下,從黏著片之一面剝離剝離襯墊,並貼合厚度50µm之PET薄膜進行襯底後,裁切成寬度25mm、長度100mm之尺寸做成試驗片。從試驗片剝離另一面之剝離襯墊,使2kg之滾筒於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(松浪硝子工業公司製,厚度1.35mm,青板磨砂品)的表面來回1次進行壓接。將其放置於該環境下30分鐘後,使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機,依循JIS Z 0237:2000,在拉伸速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定剝離強度(接著力)[N/25mm]。萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機係使用美蓓亞公司製之「拉伸壓縮試驗機,TG-1kN」。此外,為附基材之單面黏著片時,並非得進行PET薄膜之襯底。 (Peel strength against glass plate) Under the measurement environment of 23°C and 50%RH, the release liner was peeled off from one side of the adhesive sheet, and a PET film with a thickness of 50µm was attached as a substrate, and then cut into a size of 25mm in width and 100mm in length to make a test piece. The release liner on the other side was peeled off from the test piece, and a 2 kg roller was pressed back and forth on the surface of an alkali glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35mm, blue plate frosted product) as an adherend. After leaving it in this environment for 30 minutes, use a universal tensile and compression testing machine to measure the peel strength (adhesion force) [N /25mm]. The universal tensile and compression testing machine is "tensile and compression testing machine, TG-1kN" manufactured by Minebea Corporation. In addition, when it is a single-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate, it cannot be used as a substrate for PET film.

(彎折試驗) 將各例之附剝離襯墊之黏著片裁切成2cm×10cm之長方形,而獲得測定用試驗片。將φ4mm之圓柱狀棒水平固定在對測定來說為充分之高度,並使上述所得之試驗片覆於棒上使其撓曲。具體而言,係將上述試驗片之其長度方向之中央部分覆於棒上,使其成倒U字形。接著,以夾具(13g)固定位於試驗片下方之兩端,並於該夾具上透過長度1cm之線懸吊60g之砝碼並固定,對試驗片之撓曲部施加荷重。在該狀態下,將試驗片在預定溫度環境下(-20℃、-10℃或0℃)維持1分鐘,經過1分鐘後,從棒取下試驗片。然後,在該溫度環境下,以使試驗片之撓曲部凸側在下方之方式靜置於水平面上,並靜置10分鐘。測定至靜置10分鐘後之試驗片之端部(短邊端部)與水平面相接為止之時間。將該試驗分別在-20℃、-10℃及0℃之條件下實施,並按以下基準評估柔軟性。 E(Excellent;優):在全部溫度條件(-20℃、-10℃及0℃)的彎折試驗中,試驗片之端部在10分鐘以內接觸到水平面。 G(Good;佳):在-10℃及0℃之溫度條件的彎折試驗中,試驗片之端部在10分鐘以內接觸到水平面。 A(Acceptable;可):在0℃之溫度條件的彎折試驗中,試驗片之端部在10分鐘以內接觸到水平面。 P(Poor;差):在全部溫度條件的彎折試驗中,試驗片之端部在10分鐘以內未接觸到水平面或黏著劑層從剝離襯墊剝離。 (bending test) The adhesive sheet with release liner of each example was cut into a rectangle of 2 cm x 10 cm to obtain a test piece for measurement. A cylindrical rod of φ4mm is fixed horizontally at a height sufficient for the measurement, and the test piece obtained above is placed on the rod to be deflected. Specifically, the central part of the above-mentioned test piece in the longitudinal direction is covered on the rod so as to form an inverted U shape. Next, fix the two ends below the test piece with a jig (13g), and hang and fix a 60g weight on the jig through a wire with a length of 1cm, and apply a load to the flexure of the test piece. In this state, the test piece was maintained in a predetermined temperature environment (-20°C, -10°C, or 0°C) for 1 minute, and after 1 minute passed, the test piece was removed from the rod. Then, in this temperature environment, the test piece was left still on a horizontal surface so that the convex side of the flexure portion was below, and it was left still for 10 minutes. Measure the time until the end (short side end) of the test piece after standing for 10 minutes touches the horizontal surface. The test was carried out at -20°C, -10°C, and 0°C, respectively, and the softness was evaluated according to the following criteria. E (Excellent): In the bending test under all temperature conditions (-20°C, -10°C and 0°C), the end of the test piece touches the horizontal surface within 10 minutes. G (Good): In the bending test under the temperature conditions of -10°C and 0°C, the end of the test piece touches the horizontal surface within 10 minutes. A (Acceptable): In the bending test at a temperature of 0°C, the end of the test piece touches the horizontal surface within 10 minutes. P (Poor): In the bending test under all temperature conditions, the end of the test piece did not touch the horizontal surface or the adhesive layer was peeled off from the release liner within 10 minutes.

將各例之黏著劑的概要及評估結果顯示於表1~3。The summary and evaluation results of the adhesives in each example are shown in Tables 1-3.

[表1]

Figure 02_image001
[Table 1]
Figure 02_image001

[表2]

Figure 02_image003
[Table 2]
Figure 02_image003

[表3]

Figure 02_image005
[table 3]
Figure 02_image005

如表1~3所示,例3~5、例7、例9~28係使用下述黏著劑組成物,該黏著劑組成物包含使用含芳香環單體(A1)並聚合所得之丙烯酸系聚合物與具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物作為塑化劑,從而例3~5、例7、例9~28可形成折射率1.55以上及具有儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)1.0×10 6Pa以下之黏著劑,亦即可形成具有高折射率且同時經低彈性模數化之黏著劑。該等例之黏著片的彎折試驗之結果皆合格(A以上)。另一方面,例1~2、例6、例8係使用包含含芳香環單體(A1)作為單體單元之丙烯酸系聚合物而有成功形成高折射率之黏著劑,但儲存彈性模數G'(0℃)大於1.0×10 6Pa,而非為具有低彈性模數者。該等例之黏著片的彎折試驗之結果不合格(P)。 As shown in Tables 1 to 3, Examples 3 to 5, Examples 7, and Examples 9 to 28 use the following adhesive composition. Polymers and compounds that have more than two rings containing double bonds and are liquid at 30°C are used as plasticizers, so Examples 3~5, Examples 7, and Examples 9~28 can form a plasticizer with a refractive index of 1.55 or more and a storage elastic modulus. Adhesives with a number G'(0°C) below 1.0×10 6 Pa can form adhesives with high refractive index and low modulus of elasticity at the same time. The results of the bending test of the adhesive sheets of these examples are all acceptable (above A). On the other hand, Examples 1-2, Example 6, and Example 8 are adhesives with a high refractive index successfully formed by using an acrylic polymer containing an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) as a monomer unit, but the storage elastic modulus G'(0°C) is greater than 1.0×10 6 Pa, rather than having a low modulus of elasticity. The result of the bending test of the adhesive sheet of these examples was unacceptable (P).

更具體而言,從例3~5之結果可知,藉由將上述塑化劑增量,可在維持高折射率之狀態下減少各溫度下之儲存彈性模數G',而可製作出更低彈性模數之黏著劑。又,例9~12係變更了塑化劑種類之例,由該等結果可知,藉由將具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物作為塑化劑,可兼顧高折射率與低彈性模數。例13~16、例20為添加劑之研討結果,可知藉由使用各種添加劑可達成更高之折射率。又,從例13與例15之對比可知,藉由選定(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯種類作為單體成分,可將黏著劑低彈性模數化,同時可進行例如提高高溫區域之儲存彈性模數G'等之調節。例17~18係改變了含芳香環單體(A1)之使用比率之例,可知即便限制含芳香環單體(A1)之使用量,仍可維持高折射率。又,例17~18有更良好地抑制住低溫區域及高溫區之儲存彈性模數G'差。吾等推測其係因隨著含芳香環單體(A1)降低而增量之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(具體而言為BA)所致。例21~22係變更了交聯劑量之例,可知藉由將交聯劑增量可使儲存彈性模數G'提升。例23~28係變更了聚合物之單體組成、塑化劑種類、交聯劑種類及/或各成分之使用比率之例,可知藉由調節丙烯酸系聚合物之單體組成、選定塑化劑種類、調節塑化劑之使用量等設計黏著劑組成,可維持高折射率,同時可將黏著劑之儲存彈性模數調節至所期望之範圍。More specifically, from the results of Examples 3 to 5, it can be seen that by increasing the amount of the above-mentioned plasticizer, the storage elastic modulus G' at each temperature can be reduced while maintaining a high refractive index, and a more stable plastic can be produced. Adhesive with low modulus of elasticity. In addition, Examples 9 to 12 are examples in which the type of plasticizer is changed. From these results, it can be seen that by using a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and being liquid at 30°C as the plasticizer, both High refractive index and low elastic modulus. Examples 13-16 and Example 20 are the research results of additives. It can be known that a higher refractive index can be achieved by using various additives. Also, from the comparison of Example 13 and Example 15, it can be seen that by selecting the type of alkyl (meth)acrylate as the monomer component, the adhesive can be lowered in elastic modulus, and at the same time, for example, the storage elastic modulus in the high temperature region can be increased. The adjustment of the number G', etc. Examples 17 to 18 are examples in which the usage ratio of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) is changed. It can be seen that even if the usage amount of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) is limited, a high refractive index can still be maintained. In addition, Examples 17 to 18 have better suppression of the difference in storage elastic modulus G' between the low temperature region and the high temperature region. We speculate that it is caused by the increase of alkyl (meth)acrylate (specifically, BA) as the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) decreases. Examples 21-22 are examples where the amount of cross-linking agent is changed. It can be seen that the storage elastic modulus G' can be increased by increasing the amount of cross-linking agent. Examples 23 to 28 are examples of changing the monomer composition of the polymer, the type of plasticizer, the type of crosslinking agent and/or the use ratio of each component. It can be seen that by adjusting the monomer composition of the acrylic polymer, selecting the The type of adhesive, the amount of plasticizer used, etc. are designed to design the composition of the adhesive to maintain a high refractive index, and at the same time adjust the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive to the desired range.

以上已詳細說明本發明之具體例,惟該等僅為例示,非限定申請專利範圍者。申請專利範圍中記載之技術包含以上所例示之具體例經各種變形、變更者。The specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are only examples and do not limit the scope of the patent application. The technologies described in the claims include various modifications and changes of the specific examples exemplified above.

1,2,3:黏著片 10:支持基材 10A:第1面 10B:第2面 21:黏著劑層、第1黏著劑層 21A:黏著面、第1黏著面 21B:黏著面 22:第2黏著劑層 22A:第2黏著面 31,32:剝離襯墊 1,2,3: Adhesive sheet 10: Support substrate 10A:Side 1 10B: Side 2 21: Adhesive layer, first adhesive layer 21A: Adhesive surface, first adhesive surface 21B: Adhesive surface 22: The second adhesive layer 22A: The second adhesive surface 31,32: Release liner

圖1係示意顯示一實施形態之黏著片之構成的截面圖。 圖2係示意顯示另一實施形態之黏著片之構成的截面圖。 圖3係示意顯示另一實施形態之黏著片之構成的截面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet according to an embodiment. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet in another embodiment. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of an adhesive sheet in another embodiment.

1:黏著片 1: Adhesive sheet

21:黏著劑層 21: Adhesive layer

21A,21B:黏著面 21A, 21B: Adhesive surface

31,32:剝離襯墊 31,32: Release liner

Claims (10)

一種黏著劑組成物,包含丙烯酸系聚合物與塑化劑; 構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分含有含芳香環單體(A1); 前述塑化劑係具有2個以上含雙鍵之環且在30℃下為液態之化合物。 An adhesive composition comprising an acrylic polymer and a plasticizer; The monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1); The aforementioned plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings and is liquid at 30°C. 如請求項1之黏著劑組成物,其中前述化合物係在20℃下為液態之化合物。The adhesive composition according to claim 1, wherein the aforementioned compound is a liquid compound at 20°C. 如請求項1或2之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於15重量份。The adhesive composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the aforementioned plasticizer contains more than 15 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned acrylic polymer. 如請求項1至3中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑係相對於前述丙烯酸系聚合物100重量份包含有大於30重量份。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aforementioned plasticizer contains more than 30 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned acrylic polymer. 如請求項1至4中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑具有選自芳香環及雜環中之至少1種環作為前述含雙鍵之環。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the plasticizer has at least one ring selected from aromatic rings and heterocyclic rings as the double bond-containing ring. 如請求項1至5中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑具有第1含雙鍵之環與第2含雙鍵之環,且前述第1含雙鍵之環與前述第2含雙鍵之環係隔著原子數1~5之連結基連結。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the aforementioned plasticizer has a first double bond-containing ring and a second double bond-containing ring, and the aforementioned first double bond-containing ring and the aforementioned first double bond-containing ring 2. Rings containing double bonds are linked via linking groups with 1 to 5 atoms. 如請求項1至6中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述塑化劑之分子量在100~2000之範圍內。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the molecular weight of the aforementioned plasticizer is in the range of 100-2000. 如請求項1至7中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分除前述含芳香環單體(A1)外還含有單體(A2),該單體(A2)具有羥基及羧基中之至少一者。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the monomer component constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer also contains a monomer (A2) in addition to the aforementioned aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1), the monomer ( A2) It has at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. 如請求項1至8中任一項之黏著劑組成物,其中前述單體成分中,前述含芳香環單體(A1)之含量為60重量%以上。The adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (A1) in the monomer components is 60% by weight or more. 一種黏著片,包含由如請求項1至9中任一項之黏著劑組成物形成之黏著劑層。An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer formed of the adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
TW111128392A 2021-08-03 2022-07-28 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet TW202321402A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021127817 2021-08-03
JP2021-127817 2021-08-03
JP2022-061160 2022-03-31
JP2022061160A JP2023022805A (en) 2021-08-03 2022-03-31 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202321402A true TW202321402A (en) 2023-06-01

Family

ID=85155902

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111128392A TW202321402A (en) 2021-08-03 2022-07-28 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20240040788A (en)
TW (1) TW202321402A (en)
WO (1) WO2023013399A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024157791A1 (en) * 2023-01-23 2024-08-02 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photocurable adhesive sheet, photocurable adhesive sheet with release film, laminate for image display device, and flexible image display device
WO2024157790A1 (en) * 2023-01-23 2024-08-02 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Adhesive sheet, adhesive sheet with release film, laminate for image display device, and flexible image display device

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5524640B2 (en) * 2010-01-26 2014-06-18 大王製紙株式会社 Adhesive sheet
JP5565815B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2014-08-06 リンテック株式会社 Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, optical pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and optical pressure-sensitive adhesive laminate
JP6216519B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2017-10-18 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP6910097B2 (en) * 2017-02-07 2021-07-28 アイカ工業株式会社 High refractive index photocurable resin composition
JP6307189B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-04-04 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP7053043B2 (en) * 2019-03-25 2022-04-12 根上工業株式会社 Acrylic resin and adhesive composition
JP7283975B2 (en) * 2019-05-22 2023-05-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet
CN115335481A (en) * 2020-03-24 2022-11-11 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive, and adhesive sheet
KR20220153085A (en) * 2020-03-24 2022-11-17 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240040788A (en) 2024-03-28
WO2023013399A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202321402A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
TW202146485A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2024010041A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
WO2024010042A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2023042686A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
KR20220153086A (en) Adhesive and its use
TW202146229A (en) Light-emitting device
TW202309223A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023022805A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP2023022806A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
TW202409232A (en) Adhesive
TW202346506A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive to provide an adhesive composition that can form an adhesive with high refractive index, improved flexibility, and stability of improved properties
CN117795029A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
CN117751176A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023151516A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
TW202348766A (en) Polysiloxane plasticizer and its utilization wherein, the polysiloxane plasticizer is composed of a siloxane compound that contains more than 2 and less than 5 Si atoms, with at least one Si atom bonded to two or more rings containing double bonds
JP2023151519A (en) Light-emitting device
TW202402528A (en) Adhesive optical film and laminated sheet
TW202338410A (en) Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof
KR20240011748A (en) Photocurable adhesive and its uses